Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Broadcasting / Entercom Communications Corp.

Entercom Communications Corp.

etm · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker etm
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Broadcasting
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Entercom Communications Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 
[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE 
ACT OF 1934 

[   ] 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 
or 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from __________to ___________ 

Commission File Number: 

001-14461 

Entercom Communications Corp. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

23-1701044 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809 
Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 19004 
(Address of principal executive offices and zip code) 

(610) 660-5610 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT: 

Title of each class 
Class A Common Stock, par value $.01 per share  

Name of exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: 
NONE 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 
Yes [ ]   No [√] 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. 
Yes [  ]   No [√] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such 
reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes [√]   No [  ] 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  website,  if  any,  every 
Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  (Section  232.405  of  this 
chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). 
Yes [√]   No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in 
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [√] 

i 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.  

Large accelerated filer [  ] 

Accelerated filer [√] 

Non-accelerated filer [ ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  
Yes [  ]   No [√] 

As  of  February  15,  2016,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  Class  A  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the 

registrant was $309,327,453 based on the June 30, 2015 closing price of $11.42 on the New York Stock Exchange on such date. 

Class A common stock, $0.01 par value 32,759,616 shares outstanding as of February 15, 2016  

(Class A shares outstanding includes 1,584,801 unvested and vested but deferred restricted stock units). 

Class B common stock, $0.01 par value 7,197,532 shares outstanding as February 15, 2016. 

ii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Certain  information  in  the  registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  its  2016  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders, pursuant to Regulation 14A, is incorporated by reference in Part III of this report, which will be filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than April 29, 2016.  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

Page 

1 
Business ..............................................................................................................................................................  
Risk Factors ........................................................................................................................................................  
4 
Unresolved Staff Comments ...............................................................................................................................   10 
Properties  ...........................................................................................................................................................   11 
Legal Proceedings ...............................................................................................................................................   11 
Mine Safety Disclosure .......................................................................................................................................   11 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity  
Securities .............................................................................................................................................................   11 
Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................................   16 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ..............................   19 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .............................................................................   36 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................................................................................   36 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ..............................   36 
Controls and Procedures .....................................................................................................................................   36 
Other Information ...............................................................................................................................................   37 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................................   38 
Executive Compensation .....................................................................................................................................   38 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ............   38 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence .....................................................   38 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services .............................................................................................................   38 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules  ...........................................................................................................   39 

Signatures 

 .....................................................................................................................................................................   96 

iii 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS 

Unless  the  context  requires  otherwise,  all  references  in  this  report  to  “Entercom,”  “we,”  “us,”  “our”  and 
similar terms refer to Entercom Communications Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, which would include any 
variable interest entities that are required to be consolidated under accounting guidance. 

NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report contains, in addition to historical information, statements by us with regard to our expectations 
as  to  financial  results  and  other  aspects  of  our  business  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  and  may  constitute 
forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

Forward-looking statements, including certain pro forma information, are presented for illustrative purposes 
only and reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events.  All statements other than statements 
of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws including, without 
limitation, any projections of earnings, revenues or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and 
objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new services or developments; 
any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of 
assumptions underlying any of the foregoing.   

We report our financial information on a calendar year basis.  Any reference to activity during the year is for 

the year ended December 31. 

You  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by  our  use  of  words  such  as  “anticipates,”  “believes,” 
“continues,”  “expects,”  “intends,”  “likely,”  “may,”  “opportunity,”  “plans,”  “potential,”  “project,”  “will,”  “could,” 
“would,”  “should,”  “seeks,”  “estimates,”  “predicts”  and  similar  expressions  which  identify  forward-looking 
statements,  whether  in  the  negative  or  the  affirmative.    We  cannot  guarantee  that  we  actually  will  achieve  these 
plans,  intentions  or  expectations.    These  forward-looking  statements  are  subject  to  risks,  uncertainties  and  other 
factors,  some  of  which  are  beyond  our  control,  which  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those 
forecasted or anticipated in such forward-looking statements.  These risks, uncertainties and factors include, but are 
not limited to, the factors described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors.”  

Any  pro  forma  information  that  may  be  included  reflects  adjustments  and  is  presented  for  comparative 
purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of what has occurred or indicative of future operating results or 
financial position.  

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our view only as of 
the  date  of  this  report.    We  do  not  intend,  and  we  do  not  undertake  any  obligation,  to  update  these  statements  or 
publicly release the result of any revision(s) to these statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of 
this report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. 

iv 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS  

PART I 

We  are  the  fourth-largest  radio  broadcasting  company  in  the  United  States  with  a  portfolio  of  125  radio 

stations in 27 top markets across the country. We were organized in 1968 as a Pennsylvania corporation. 

Our Strategy 

Our strategy focuses on providing compelling content in the communities we serve to enable us to offer our 
advertisers an effective marketing platform to reach a large targeted local audience.  The principal components of our 
strategy are to: (i) focus on creating effective integrated marketing solutions for our customers that incorporate our 
audio, digital and experiential assets; (ii) build strongly-branded radio stations with highly compelling content; (iii) 
develop market leading station clusters; and (iv) recruit, develop, motivate and retain superior employees.  

Source Of Revenue 

The primary  source of revenue  for  our radio  stations  is  the  sale  of  advertising  time  to  local,  regional and 
national advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase spot commercials in varying lengths.  A growing 
source  of  revenue  is  from  station-related  digital  platforms,  which  allow  for  enhanced  audience  interaction  and 
participation,  and  integrated  digital  advertising  solutions.  A  station’s  local  sales  staff  generates  the  majority  of  its 
local  and  regional  advertising  sales  through  direct  solicitations  of  local  advertising  agencies  and  businesses.  We 
retain a national representation firm to sell to advertisers outside of our local markets.  

Our  stations  are  typically  classified  by  their  format,  such  as  news,  sports,  talk,  classic  rock,  adult 
contemporary,  alternative  and  country,  among  others.    A  station’s  format  enables  it  to  target  specific  segments  of 
listeners sharing certain demographics. Advertisers and stations use data published by audience measuring services to 
estimate how many people within particular geographical markets and demographics listen to specific stations. Our 
geographically  and  demographically  diverse  portfolio  of  radio  stations  allows  us  to  deliver  targeted  messages  to 
specific audiences for advertisers on a local, regional and national basis.  

Competition 

The radio broadcasting  industry  is highly  competitive.    Our  stations  compete  for  listeners  and  advertising 
revenue with other radio stations within their respective markets. In addition, our stations compete for audiences and 
advertising  revenues  with  other  media  including:  broadcast  television,  digital,  satellite  radio,  satellite  and  cable 
television,  newspapers  and  magazines,  outdoor  advertising,  direct  mail,  yellow  pages,  wireless  media  alternatives, 
cellular phones and other forms of audio entertainment and advertisement.  

Federal Regulation Of Radio Broadcasting 

Overview.  The radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing government regulation of, among 
other  things,  ownership  limitations,  program  content,  advertising  content,  technical  operations  and  business  and 
employment  practices.  The  ownership,  operation  and  sale  of  radio  stations  are  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the 
“Communications Act”). 

The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and of certain specific 
FCC  regulations  and  policies.  This  summary  is  not  a  comprehensive  listing  of  all  of  the  regulations  and  policies 
affecting  radio  stations.    For  further  information  concerning  the  nature  and  extent  of  federal  regulation  of  radio 
stations, you should refer to the Communications Act, FCC rules and FCC public notices and rulings. 

FCC  Licenses.    The  operation  of  a  radio  broadcast  station  requires  a  license  from  the  FCC.    Certain  of  our 
subsidiaries  hold  the  FCC  licenses  for  our  stations.    The  total  number  of  radio  stations  that  can  simultaneously 
operate in any given area or market is limited by the amount of spectrum allotted by the FCC within the AM and FM 
radio bands, and by station-to-station interference within those bands.  While there are no national station ownership 
caps, FCC rules do limit the number of stations within the same market that a single individual or entity may own or 
control.    

The total number of stations authorized to operate in a local market may fluctuate from time to time, and the 
number of stations that can be owned by a single individual or entity in a given market can therefore vary over time.  
Once the FCC approves the ownership of a cluster of stations in a market, that owner may continue to hold those 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
stations under “grandfathering” policies, despite a decrease in the number of stations in the market.  A few of our 
market clusters, such as our stations in Greenville and Wilkes-Barre/Scranton, are considered to be “grandfathered.” 
If,  at  the  time  of  a  proposed  future  transaction,  a  cluster  does  not  comply  with  the  multiple  ownership  limitations 
based upon the number of stations then present in the market, the entire cluster cannot be transferred intact to a single 
party unless the purchaser qualifies as an “eligible entity” under specified small business standards and meets certain 
control tests.  

Ownership Rules.  The FCC sets limits on the number of broadcast stations (including both radio and TV) an entity 
may  permissibly  own  within  a  market,  as  well  as  limits  on  the  common  ownership  of  broadcast  stations  and 
newspapers.    Same-market  FCC  numeric  ownership  limitations  are  based:  (i)  on  markets  as  defined  and  rated  by 
Nielsen Audio; and (ii) in areas outside of Nielsen Audio markets, on markets ass determined by overlap of specified 
signal contours.   

Ownership  Attribution.  In  applying  its  ownership  limitations,  the  FCC  generally  considers only  “attributable” 
ownership  interests.   Attributable  interests  generally  include:  (i)  equity  and  debt  interests  which  when  combined 
exceed 33% of a licensee’s or other media entity’s total asset value, if the interest holder supplies more than 15% of a 
station’s total weekly programming or has an attributable interest in any same-market media (television, radio, cable 
or newspaper),  with  a  higher  threshold  in  the  case  of  investments  in  certain  “eligible  entities”  acquiring  broadcast 
stations; (ii) a 5% or greater direct or indirect voting stock interest, including certain interests held in trust, unless the 
holder is a qualified passive investor, in which case the threshold is a 20% or greater voting stock interest; (iii) any 
equity  interest  in  a  limited  liability  company  or  a  partnership,  including  a  limited  partnership,  unless  properly 
“insulated” from management activities; and (iv) any position as an officer or director of a licensee or of its direct or 
indirect parent.  In our case, where there is a “single majority voting shareholder,” the FCC treats as non-attributable 
voting  stock  interests  held  by  non-single  majority  owners,  even  if  they  are  in  excess  of  the  five  percent  standard 
described above.     

Alien  Ownership  Rules.    The  Communications  Act  prohibits  the  issuance  to,  or  holding  of  broadcast  licenses  by, 
foreign  governments  or  aliens,  non-U.S.  citizens,  whether  individuals  or  entities,  including  any  interest  in  a 
corporation which holds a broadcast license if more than 20% of the licensee’s capital stock is owned or voted by 
aliens.  In  addition,  the  FCC  may  prohibit  any  corporation  from  holding  a  broadcast  license  if  the  corporation  is 
directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than 25% of the capital stock is owned of 
record  or  voted  by  aliens  if  the  FCC  finds  that  the  prohibition  is  in  the  public  interest.  The  Communications  Act 
gives  the  FCC  discretion  to  allow  greater  amounts  of  alien  ownership.    The  FCC  considers  investment  proposals 
from international companies or individuals on a case-by-case basis. 

License Renewal.  Radio station licenses issued by the FCC are renewable ordinarily for an eight-year term. Seven 
of our FCC radio station license renewal applications filed in the most recent 2011-2014 renewal application window 
have not yet been granted.  For five of those seven stations, license renewal applications filed during the prior 2003-
2006  renewal  application  window  have  also  not  yet  been  granted.  A  station  may  continue  to  operate  beyond  the 
expiration date of its license if a timely filed license renewal application is pending.  

The FCC is required to renew a broadcast station’s license if the FCC finds that the station has served the 
public  interest,  convenience  and  necessity;  there  have  been  no  serious  violations  by  the  licensee  of  the 
Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations; and there have been no other violations by the licensee of 
the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations that, taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse.  If a 
challenge is filed against a renewal application, and, as a result of an evidentiary hearing, the FCC determines that 
the licensee has failed to meet certain fundamental requirements and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition 
of a lesser sanction, the FCC may deny a license renewal application. Historically, FCC licenses have generally been 
renewed.   

Petitions to deny renewal applications are filed from time to time. Several petitions have been filed against 
us.  Subject to the resolution of open FCC inquiries, we believe that our licenses will be renewed and that continuing 
challenges to already granted renewals will be resolved favorably to us, although there can be no assurance to that 
effect. The non-renewal of one or more of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

Transfer Or Assignment Of Licenses.  The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of broadcast licenses or 
the transfer of control of a broadcast licensee without the prior approval of the FCC. In determining whether to grant 
such approval, the FCC considers a number of factors pertaining to the existing licensee and the proposed licensee, 
including:  

 

compliance with the various rules limiting common ownership of media properties in a given market; 

2 

 
 
 
 

 

the “character” of the proposed licensee; and 

compliance  with  the  Communications  Act’s  limitations  on  alien  ownership  as  well  as  general 
compliance with FCC regulations and policies. 

To  obtain  FCC  consent  for  the  assignment  or  transfer  of  control  of  a  broadcast  license,  appropriate 
applications must be filed with the FCC. Interested parties may file objections or petitions to deny such applications.  

Programming  And  Operation.    The  Communications  Act  requires  broadcasters  to  serve  the  “public  interest.”  A 
licensee is required to present programming that is responsive to issues in the station’s community of license and to 
maintain  records  demonstrating  this  responsiveness.  The  FCC  regulates,  among  other  things,  political  advertising; 
sponsorship identification; the advertisement of contests and lotteries; the conduct of station-run contests; obscene, 
indecent  and  profane  broadcasts;  certain  employment  practices;  and  certain  technical  operation  requirements, 
including  limits  on  human  exposure  to  radio-frequency  radiation.    The  FCC  considers  complaints  from  listeners 
concerning  a  station’s  public  service  programming,  employment  practices,  or  other  operational  issues  when 
processing  a  renewal  application  filed  by  a  station,  but  the  FCC  may  consider  complaints  at  any  time  and  may 
impose fines or take other action for violations of the FCC’s rules separate from its action on a renewal application.  

FCC regulations prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time as well as the broadcast, between the 
hours  of  6  am  and  10  pm,  of  material  it  considers  “indecent”  or  “profane”.    The  FCC  has  historically  enforced 
licensee  compliance  in  this  area  through  the  assessment  of  monetary  forfeitures.  Such  forfeitures  may  include:  (i) 
imposition of the maximum authorized fine for egregious cases ($350,000 for a single violation, up to a maximum of 
$3,300,000 for a continuing violation); and (ii) imposition of fines on a per utterance basis instead of a single fine for 
an entire program. There are a number of outstanding indecency proceedings in which we are defending our stations’ 
conduct, and there may be other complaints of this nature which have been submitted to the FCC of which we have 
not yet been notified.   

Certain FCC rules regulate the conduct of on-air station contests, requiring in general that the material rules 
and terms of the contest be broadcast periodically or posted online and that the contest be conducted substantially as 
announced.    The  FCC  has  a  pending  investigation  into  a contest at  one of  our  stations.  See  Part  I,  Item  3,  “Legal 
Proceedings,” for further discussion.  

Enforcement  Authority.    The  FCC  has  the  power  to  impose  penalties  for  violations  of  its  rules  under  the 
Communications Act, including the imposition of monetary fines, the issuance of short-term licenses, the imposition 
of  a  condition  on  the  renewal  of  a  license,  the  denial  of  authority  to  acquire  new  stations,  and  the  revocation  of 
operating authority.  The maximum fine for a single violation of the FCC’s rules (other than indecency rules – see 
discussion above) is currently $37,500.   

Proposed And Recent Changes. Congress, the FCC and other federal agencies are considering or may in the future 
consider  and  adopt  new  laws,  regulations  and  policies  regarding  a  wide  variety  of  matters  that  could:  (1)  affect, 
directly or indirectly, the operation, ownership and profitability of our radio stations; (2) result in the loss of audience 
share and advertising revenues for our radio stations; and (3) affect our ability to acquire additional radio stations or 
to finance those acquisitions. 

Federal Antitrust Laws.  The federal agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust laws, the Federal Trade 
Commission and the Department of Justice, may investigate certain acquisitions. For an acquisition meeting certain 
size thresholds, the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 requires the parties to file Notification 
and  Report  Forms  with  the  Federal  Trade  Commission  and  the  Department  of  Justice  and  to  observe  specified 
waiting-period requirements before consummating the acquisition.  

HD Radio 

AM  and  FM  radio  stations  may  use  the  FCC  selected  In-Band  On-Channel  (“IBOC”)  as  the  exclusive 
technology for terrestrial digital operations. IBOC, developed by iBiquity Digital Corporation, is also known as “HD 
Radio.”   

HD Radio technology permits a station to transmit radio programming in digital format. We currently use 
HD  Radio  digital  technology  on  most  of  our  FM  stations.  The  advantages  of  digital  audio  broadcasting  over 
traditional  analog  broadcasting  technology  include  improved  sound  quality,  the  availability  of  additional  channels 
and the ability to offer a greater variety of auxiliary services.   

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees 

As of January 31, 2016, we had 1,608 full-time employees and 921 part-time employees.  With respect to 
certain  of  our  stations  in  our  Kansas  City  and  San  Francisco  markets,  we  are  a  party  to  collective  bargaining 
agreements with the Screen Actors Guild - American Federation of Television and Radio Artists (known as SAG-
AFTRA).  Approximately ten employees are represented by these collective bargaining agreements.  We believe that 
our relations with our employees are good.   

Corporate Governance 

Code  Of  Business  Conduct  And  Ethics.    We  have  a  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  that  applies  to 
each of our employees including our principal executive officers and senior members of our finance department. Our 
Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  can  be  found  on  the  “Investors”  sub-page  of  our  website  located  at 
www.entercom.com/investors.   

Board  Committee  Charters. 

  Each  of  our  Audit  Committee,  Compensation  Committee  and 
Nominating/Corporate  Governance  Committee  has  a  committee  charter  as  required  by  the  rules  of  the  New  York 
Stock  Exchange.    These  committee  charters  can  be  found  on  the  “Investors”  sub-page  of  our  website  located  at 
www.entercom.com/investors.   

Corporate  Governance  Guidelines.    New  York  Stock  Exchange  rules  require  our  Board  of  Directors  to 
establish certain Corporate Governance Guidelines.  These guidelines can be found on the “Investors” sub-page of 
our website located at www.entercom.com/investors.   

Environmental Compliance 

As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and facilities, we are subject to various federal, 
state and local environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance with these laws and regulations has not 
had a material adverse effect on our business.  

Seasonality 

Seasonal  revenue  fluctuations  are  common  in  the  radio  broadcasting  industry  and  are  due  primarily  to 

fluctuations in advertising expenditures. Our revenues are typically lowest in the first calendar quarter. 

Internet Address And Internet Access To Periodic And Current Reports 

You  can  find  more  information  about  us  that  includes  a  list  of  our  stations  in  each  of  our  markets  at  our 
Internet website located at www.entercom.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 
10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge through 
our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission  (the  “SEC”).    The  contents of  our  websites are  not  incorporated  by  reference  into  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our 
websites  are  intended  to  be  inactive  textual  references  only.  We  will  also  provide  a  copy  of  our  annual  report  on 
Form 10-K upon any written request. 

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS 

Many  statements  contained  in  this  report  are  forward-looking  in  nature.  See  Note  Regarding  Forward-
Looking Statements at the beginning of this Form 10-K. These statements are based on current plans, intentions or 
expectations,  and  actual  results  could  differ  materially  as  we  cannot  guarantee  that  we  will  achieve  these  plans, 
intentions or expectations.  Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ are the following: 

BUSINESS RISKS 

Our results may be impacted by economic trends. 

Our net revenues increased in 2015 as compared to the prior year primarily as a result of acquisitions made 
during the year. Excluding the net revenues from these new radio stations and a divested radio station, net revenues 
improved in the low single digits for the year.  The second half of the year reflected improvement over the first half 
of the year.  

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
Our results of operations could be negatively impacted by delays or reversals in the economic recovery or 
by  future  economic  downturns.  Also,  expenditures  by  advertisers  tend  to  be  cyclical,  reflecting  overall  economic 
conditions. The risks associated with our business could be more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, 
which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. A decrease in advertising expenditures can have an adverse 
effect on our net revenues, profit margins, cash flow, and liquidity. 

There can be no assurance that we will not experience an adverse impact on our ability to access capital, 
which may be material to our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our ability to access 
the capital markets may be severely restricted at a time when we would like or need to do so, which could have an 
adverse impact on our capacity to react to changing economic and business conditions. 

Our  radio  stations  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  programming  and  competition  for  advertising 
revenues. 

We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  business.  Our  radio  stations  compete  for  audiences  with  advertising 
revenue  as  our  principal  source  of  income.  We  compete  directly  with  other  radio  stations,  as  well  as  with  other 
media, such as broadcast, cable and satellite television, digital audio, newspapers and magazines, national and local 
digital services, outdoor advertising and direct mail. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, and 
any decrease in our ratings or market share in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the revenue 
of our stations located in that market. Audience ratings and market shares could be affected by a variety of factors, 
including changes in the format or content of programming (some of which may be outside of our control), personnel 
changes, demographic shifts and general broadcast listening trends.  Adverse changes in any of these areas or trends 
could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, the market share mix of 
these competing mediums could also impact the advertising market share of radio advertising. 

While  we  already  compete  in  some  of  our  markets  with  stations  with  similarly  programmed  formats,  if 
another radio station in a market were to convert its programming format to a format similar to one of our stations or 
if  an  existing  competitor  were  to  garner  additional  market  share,  our  stations  could  suffer  a  reduction  in  ratings 
and/or advertising revenue and could incur increased promotional and other expenses. Competing companies may be 
larger and have more financial resources than we do. We cannot be assured that any of our stations will be able to 
maintain or increase their current audience ratings and advertising revenues. 

We  cannot  predict  the  competitive  effect  on  the  radio  broadcasting  industry  of  changes  in  audio  content 
distribution, changes in technology or changes in regulations. 

The  radio  broadcasting  industry  is  subject  to  rapid  technological  change,  evolving  industry  standards  and 
the emergence of new media technologies and services. We may lack the resources to acquire new technologies or 
introduce new services to allow us to compete with these new offerings. Competing technologies and services, some 
of  which  are  commercial  free,  include:  personal  audio  devices;  national  and  local  digital  audio  services;  satellite-
delivered digital radio services; content available over the Internet; HD Radio, which provides multi-channel, multi-
format digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied by traditional AM and FM radio services; and 
low-power  FM  radio,  which  could  result  in  additional  FM  radio  broadcast  outlets,  including  additional  low-power 
FM radio signals authorized in December 2010 under the Local Community Radio Act. 

We cannot predict the effect, if any, that competition arising from new technologies or regulatory changes 

may have on the radio broadcasting industry or on our financial condition and results of operations.  

We  are  subject  to  extensive  regulations  and  are  dependent  on  federally  issued  licenses  to  operate  our  radio 
stations. Failure to comply with such regulations could damage our business. 

The radio  broadcasting  industry  is  subject  to  extensive  regulation by  the  FCC  under  the  Communications 
Act  of  1934.  See  Federal  Regulation  of  Radio  Broadcasting  under  Part  I,  Item  1,  “Business.”  We  are  required  to 
obtain licenses from the FCC to operate our radio stations. Licenses are normally granted for a term of eight years 
and  are  renewable.  Although  the  vast  majority  of  FCC  radio  station  licenses  are  routinely  renewed,  we  cannot  be 
assured that the FCC will approve our future renewal applications or that the renewals will not include conditions or 
qualifications. During the periods when a renewal application is pending, informal objections and petitions to deny 
the renewal application can be filed by interested parties, including members of the public, on a variety of grounds. 
Seven of our FCC radio station license renewal applications filed in the most recent 2011-2014 renewal period have 
not yet been granted. For five of those seven stations, license renewal applications filed during the prior 2003-2006 

5 

 
 
 
renewal application window have also not yet been granted. The non-renewal, or renewal with substantial conditions 
or modifications, of one or more of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on us.  

We must comply with extensive FCC regulations and policies in the ownership and operation of our radio 
stations. FCC regulations limit the number of radio stations that a licensee can own in a market, which could restrict 
our  ability  to  consummate  future  transactions  and  in  certain  circumstances  could  require  us  to  divest  some  radio 
stations.  The  FCC’s  rules  governing  our  radio  station  operations  impose  costs  on  our  operations,  and  changes  in 
those rules could have an adverse effect on our business. The FCC also requires radio stations to comply with certain 
technical requirements to limit interference between two or more radio stations. If the FCC relaxes these technical 
requirements, it could impair the signals transmitted by our radio stations and could have a material adverse effect on 
us. Moreover, these FCC regulations may change over time, and we cannot be assured that changes would not have a 
material adverse effect on us. We are currently the subject of several pending investigations by the FCC, including 
one involving a death following a contest at one of our stations.  

Congress or federal agencies that regulate us could impose new regulations or fees on our operations that could 
have a material adverse effect on us. 

There  was  proposed  legislation  in  the  past  and  there  could  be  again  in  the  future  that  requires  radio 
broadcasters  to  pay  additional  fees  such  as  a  spectrum  fee  for  the  use  of  the  spectrum.   In  addition,  there  was 
proposed legislation which would impose a new royalty fee that would be paid to record labels and performing artists 
for use of their recorded music. It is currently unknown what impact any potential required royalty payments or fees 
would have on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position.  

The FCC has engaged in vigorous enforcement of its indecency rules against the broadcast industry, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business. 

FCC  regulations  prohibit  the  broadcast  of  obscene  material  at  any  time  and  indecent  or  profane  material 
between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Over the last decade, the FCC has increased its enforcement efforts 
relating to the regulation of indecency and has threatened on more than one occasion to initiate license revocation 
proceedings  against  a  broadcast  licensee  who  commits  a  “serious”  indecency  violation.  Congress  has  dramatically 
increased  the  penalties  for  broadcasting  obscene,  indecent  or  profane  programming,  and  these  penalties  may 
potentially  subject  broadcasters  to  license  revocation,  renewal  or  qualification  proceedings  in  the  event  that  they 
broadcast  such  material.  In  addition,  the  FCC’s  heightened  focus  on  the  indecency  regulatory  scheme,  against  the 
broadcast industry generally, may encourage third parties to oppose our license renewal applications or applications 
for consent to acquire broadcast stations. Several of our stations are currently subject to indecency-related inquiries 
and/or proposed fines at the FCC’s Enforcement Bureau as well as objections to our license renewals based on such 
inquiries and proposed fines, and we may in the future become subject to additional inquiries or proceedings related 
to  our  stations’  broadcast  of  obscene,  indecent  or  profane  material.  To  the  extent  that  these  inquiries  or  other 
proceedings result in the imposition of fines, a settlement with the FCC, revocation of any of our station licenses or 
denials of license renewal applications, our results of operations and business could be materially adversely affected. 

The loss of key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our business depends upon the continued efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other 
key personnel. We believe that the loss of one or more of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on 
our business. 

Our radio stations compete for creative and on-air talent with other radio stations and other media, such as 
broadcast, cable and satellite television, digital media and satellite radio. Our on-air talent are subject to change, due 
to competition and for other reasons. Changes in on-air talent could materially and negatively affect our ratings and 
our ability to attract local and national advertisers, which could in turn adversely affect our revenues.  

We depend on selected market clusters of radio stations for a material portion of our revenues. 

For  2015,  we  generated  over  50%  of  our  net  revenues  in  seven  of  our  27  markets,  which  were  Boston, 
Denver,  Kansas  City,  Portland,  Sacramento,  San  Francisco  and  Seattle.  Accordingly,  we  have  greater  exposure  to 
adverse  events  or  conditions  in  any  of  these  markets,  such  as  changes  in  the  economy,  shifts  in  population  or 
demographics, or changes in audience tastes, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and 
results of operations and cash flows. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unable to effectively integrate our acquisitions. 

The integration of acquisitions involves numerous risks, including: 

 

 

 

difficulties  in  the  integration  of  operations  and  systems  and  the  management  of  a  large  and 
geographically diverse group of stations; 

the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; and 

the potential loss of key employees of acquired stations. 

The risks of integration are magnified during any period of significant growth from acquisitions. We cannot 
be  assured  that  we  will  be  able  to  integrate  successfully  any  operations,  systems  or  management  that  might  be 
acquired  in  future  acquisitions.  In  addition,  in  the  event  that  the  operations  of  a  new  business  do  not  meet 
expectations, we may restructure or write off the value of some or all of the assets of the new business. 

Impairments to our broadcasting licenses and goodwill have reduced our earnings. 

We have incurred impairment losses that resulted in the non-cash write-downs of our broadcasting licenses 
and goodwill. A significant amount of these impairment losses were recorded in 2008 during the recession and the 
most recent impairment loss was recorded in 2012. As of December 31, 2015, our broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
comprise 82% of our total assets. The valuation of our broadcasting licenses and goodwill is subjective and based on 
our estimates and assumptions rather than precise calculations.  The fair value measurements for both our broadcast 
licenses  and goodwill  use  significant unobservable  inputs  and  reflect  our  own  assumptions  including  market  share 
and  profit  margin  for  an  average  station,  growth  within  a  radio  market,  estimates  of  costs  and  losses  during  early 
years, potential competition within a radio market and the appropriate discount rate used in determining fair value.  If 
events  occur  or  circumstances  change  that  would  reduce  the  fair  value  of  the  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill 
below the amount reflected on the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges, which may 
be material, in future periods. Current accounting guidance does not permit a valuation increase. 

We have significant obligations relating to our current operating leases. 

As of December 31, 2015, we had future operating lease commitments of approximately $114 million that 
are disclosed in Note 20 in the accompanying notes to the audited consolidated financial statements. We are required 
to make certain estimates at the inception of a lease in order to determine whether the lease is operating or capital. In 
February 2016, the accounting guidance was modified to require that all leases with a term of more than one year, 
covering leased assets such as real estate, broadcasting towers and equipment, be reflected on the balance sheet as 
assets  and  liabilities  for  the  rights  and  obligations  created  by  these  leases.    While  we  are  currently  reviewing  the 
effects of this guidance, we believe that this would result in: (1) an increase in the assets and liabilities reflected on 
our  consolidated  balance  sheets;  and  (2)  an  increase  in  our  interest  expense  and  depreciation  and  amortization 
expense and a decrease to our station operating expense reflected on our consolidated statements of operations.  This 
guidance is effective for us as of January 1, 2019.  

Our  business  is  dependent  upon  the  proper  functioning  of  our  internal  business  processes  and  information 
systems  and  modification  or  interruption  of  such  systems  may  disrupt  our  business,  processes  and  internal 
controls. 

The proper functioning of our internal business processes and information systems is critical to the efficient 
operation  and  management  of  our  business.  If  these  information  technology  systems  fail  or  are  interrupted,  our 
operations may be adversely affected and operating results could be harmed. Our business processes and information 
systems need to be sufficiently scalable to support the future growth of our business and may require modifications 
or upgrades that expose us to a number of operational risks. Our information technology systems, and those of third-
party providers, may also be vulnerable to damage or disruption caused by circumstances beyond our control. These 
include catastrophic events, power anomalies or outages, computer system or network failures and natural disasters. 
Any  material  disruption,  malfunction or  similar  challenges  with  our  business  processes  or  information  systems,  or 
disruptions  or  challenges  relating  to  the  transition  to  new  processes,  systems  or  providers,  could  have  a  material 
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.   

Cybersecurity threats to our business  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The use of our computers and digital technology in substantially all aspects of our business operations give 
rise to cybersecurity risks, including viruses or malware, physical or electronic intrusions and unauthorized access to 
our data. A cybersecurity attack could compromise confidential information. There can be no assurance that we, or 
the security systems we implement, will protect against all of these rapidly changing risks. A cyber-incident could 
increase  our  operating  costs,  disrupt  our  operations,  harm  our  reputation,  or  subject  us  to  liability  under  laws  and 
regulations  that  protect  personal  data.  We  maintain  insurance  coverage  against  certain  of  such  risks,  but  cannot 
guarantee that such coverage will be applicable or sufficient with respect to any given incident or on-going incidents 
that go undetected.  

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS 

Current and future indebtedness could have an adverse impact on us. 

We have outstanding debt that could have an adverse impact on us.  For example, these obligations:  

 

increase our vulnerability in an economic downturn, limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures 
and reduce our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions; 

  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our financial obligations; 

 

 

 

 

limit  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  acquisitions 
and general corporate or other purposes; 

require  us  to  dedicate  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flow  from  operations  to  debt  service,  thereby 
reducing the availability of cash flow for other purposes;  

restrict us from taking advantage of opportunities to grow our business; and 

limit or prohibit our ability to pay dividends and make other distributions. 

Our senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) includes a $40 million revolving commitment (the 
“Revolver”) of which $13.3 million was undrawn and available to us as of December 31, 2015. In December 2015, 
we reduced the total Revolver capacity from $50 million to $40 million. The amount of the Revolver available to us 
is  a  function  of  covenant  compliance  at  the  time  of  borrowing.  Based  on  our  financial  covenant  analysis  as  of 
December  31, 2015, we  would  not  be  limited  in  these  borrowings.  The  Revolver  matures  on  November  23, 2016.  
We expect to retire the Revolver using funds from operations. If we are not successful, a default under the Revolver 
could accelerate the due date for all of our outstanding debt.   

We may from time to time seek to amend our existing debt agreements or obtain funding or additional debt 

financing, which may result in higher interest rates.   

We must comply with the covenants in our debt agreements, which restrict our operational flexibility.  

Our  Credit  Facility,  which  was  entered  into  in  November  2011  and  subsequently  amended,  and  the 
indenture  governing  our  senior  unsecured  notes  (the  “Senior  Notes”)  contain  provisions  which,  under  certain 
circumstances, limit our ability to borrow money; make acquisitions, investments or restricted payments, including 
without limitation dividends and the repurchase of stock; swap or sell assets; or merge or consolidate with another 
company. To secure the debt under our Credit Facility, we have pledged substantially all of our assets, including the 
stock  or  equity  interests  of  our  subsidiaries.  The  Senior  Notes  are  guaranteed  on  a  senior  unsecured  basis  by  the 
parent and all of our existing subsidiaries.   

The Credit Facility requires us to maintain compliance with specific financial covenants which are defined 
terms within the agreement, including: (1) a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio that cannot exceed 4.75 times at 
December  31,  2015,  and  which  decreases  to  4.50  times  at  March  31,  2016  and  thereafter;  and  (2) a  minimum 
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.00 times at December 31, 2015 and thereafter.   

Our  ability  to  comply  with  these  financial  covenants  can  be  affected  by  operating  performance  or  other 
events beyond our control, and we cannot be assured that we will comply with these covenants. A default under the 
indenture governing our Senior Notes or a default under our Credit Facility could cause a cross default.  Any event of 
default, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business.  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Failure to comply with our financial covenants or other terms of these financial instruments and the failure 
to  negotiate  and  obtain  any  required  relief from  our  lenders  could  result  in  the  acceleration of  the maturity  of  our 
outstanding debt and our lenders could proceed against our assets, including the equity interests of our subsidiaries.  
Under these circumstances, the acceleration of our debt could have a material adverse effect on our business.   

Because of our holding company structure, we depend on our subsidiaries for cash flow, and our access to this 
cash flow is restricted. 

We  operate  as  a  holding  company.  All  of  our  radio  stations  are  currently  owned  and  operated  by  our 
subsidiaries. Entercom Radio, LLC (“Radio”), our 100% owned finance subsidiary, is the borrower under our Credit 
Facility and is the issuer of our Senior Notes.  All of our station operating subsidiaries and FCC license subsidiaries 
are  subsidiaries  of  Radio.  Further,  we  guarantee  Radio’s  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility  on  a  senior  secured 
basis.  The  Senior  Notes  are  guaranteed  on  an  unsecured  basis.  Radio’s  subsidiaries  are  all  full  and  unconditional 
guarantors jointly and severally under the Credit Facility and the Senior Notes.   

As  a  holding  company,  our  only  source  of  cash  to  pay  our  obligations,  including  corporate  overhead  and 
other expenses, is cash distributed from our subsidiaries. We currently expect that the majority of the net earnings 
and cash flow of our subsidiaries will be retained and used by them in their operations, including servicing Radio’s 
debt obligations. Even if our subsidiaries elect to make distributions to us, we cannot be assured that applicable state 
law and contractual restrictions, including the dividend covenants contained in our Credit Facility, would permit such 
dividends or distributions.  

Our variable rate debt subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase 
significantly. 

Borrowings under our Credit Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If 
interest rates increase, our debt service obligations under the Credit Facility could increase even though the amount 
borrowed  remains  the  same,  and  our  net  income  and  cash  flows,  including  cash  available  for  servicing  our  debt, 
could correspondingly decrease. As of December 31, 2015, and assuming the Revolver was fully drawn, a 100 basis 
point increase in London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rates as of December 31, 2015 would result in a $1.4 
million increase in annual interest expense on our debt (in this hypothetical assumption, a 100 basis point increase in 
LIBOR only partially impacted the interest on our Credit Facility’s term loan (“Term B Loan”) as the LIBOR rate on 
our Term B Loan is subject to a 100 basis point minimum). 

In  the  future,  we  may  enter  into  interest  rate  swaps  that  involve  the  exchange  of  floating  for  fixed  rate 
interest  payments  in  order  to  reduce  interest  rate  risk.  We  may,  however,  not  maintain  interest  rate  swaps  with 
respect to all of our variable rate debt, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.  

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future 
borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital. 

Our debt has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely 
by a rating agency if, in the rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as 
adverse  changes,  so  warrant.    Any  future  lowering  of  our  ratings  would  likely  make  it  more  difficult  or  more 
expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.   

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR STOCK 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Chairman of the Board and our President and Chief Executive Officer own a substantial equity interest in us 
and effectively control our Company. Their interests may conflict with your interest.  

As of February 15, 2016, Joseph M. Field, our Chairman of the Board, beneficially owned 1,563,291 shares 
of our Class A common stock and 6,148,282 shares of our Class B common stock, representing approximately 62% 
of  the  total  voting  power  of  all  of  our  outstanding  common  stock.    As  of  February  15,  2016,  David  J.  Field,  our 
President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  one  of  our  directors  and  the  son  of  Joseph  M.  Field,  beneficially  owned 
3,214,068  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  749,250  shares  of  our  outstanding  Class  B  common  stock, 
representing  approximately  11%  of  the  total  voting  power  of  all  of  our  outstanding  common  stock.  Collectively, 
Joseph M. Field and David J. Field and other members of the Field family beneficially own all of our outstanding 
Class B common stock. Other members of the Field family and trusts for their benefit also own shares of Class A 
common stock.  

Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only to Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, certain of their 
family  members  or  trusts  for  any  of  their  benefit.  Upon  any  other  transfer,  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock 
automatically  convert  into  shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  on  a  one-for-one  basis.  Shares  of  our  Class  B 
common stock are entitled to ten votes only when Joseph M. Field or David J. Field vote them, subject to certain 
exceptions when they are restricted to one vote. Joseph M. Field generally is able to control the vote on all matters 
submitted to a vote of shareholders and, therefore, is able to direct our management and policies, except with respect 
to  those  matters  when  the  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock  are  only  entitled  to  one  vote  and  those  matters 
requiring  a  class  vote  under  the  provisions  of  our  articles  of  incorporation,  bylaws  or  applicable  law,  including, 
without limitation, the election of the two Class A directors.  

Future sales by Joseph M. Field and/or David J. Field could adversely affect the price of our Class A common 
stock. 

The price for our Class A common stock could fall substantially if Joseph M. Field and/or David J. Field 
sell  in  the  public  market  or  transfer  large  amounts  of  shares,  including  any  shares  of  our  Class  B  common  stock 
which are automatically converted to Class A common stock when sold (as described in the above paragraph).  These 
sales, or the possibility of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to raise capital by selling equity or equity-
related securities in the future. 

The difficulties associated with any attempt to gain control of our Company could adversely affect the price of our 
Class A common stock. 

Joseph M. Field controls the decision as to whether a change in control will occur for our Company.  There 
are also provisions contained in our articles of incorporation, by-laws and Pennsylvania law that could make it more 
difficult for a third party to acquire control of our Company. In addition, FCC approval for transfers of control of 
FCC licenses and assignments of FCC licenses is required. These restrictions and limitations could adversely affect 
the trading price of our Class A common stock.  

Our Class A stock price and trading volume could be volatile. 

Our  Class  A  common  stock  has  been  publicly  traded  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (“NYSE”)  since 
January  29,  1999.  The  market  price  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  and  our  trading  volume  have  been  subject  to 
fluctuations since the date of our initial public offering. As a result, the market price of our Class A common stock 
could experience volatility, regardless of our operating performance.   

Our newly issued perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock could adversely affect the price of our Class A 
common stock. 

Our  Board  of  Directors  has  the  authority  to  issue  up  to  25,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock.   We  have 
issued 11 shares with a liquidation preference of $2.5 million per share.  Our Board of Directors has the authority to 
determine  the  price,  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions,  including  voting  rights,  of  our  preferred  stock 
without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of our common stock may be subject 
to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be issued in the future. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.  

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

The  types  of  properties  required  to  support  each  of  our  radio  stations  include  offices,  studios  and 
transmitter/antenna  sites.  We  lease  most  of  these  sites.  A  station’s  studios  are  generally  housed  with  its  offices  in 
business districts. Our studio and office space leases typically contain lease terms with expiration dates of five to 15 
years.  Our  transmitter/antenna  sites,  which  may  include  an  auxiliary  transmitter/antenna  as  a  back-up  to  the  main 
site, contain lease terms that generally range from five to 30 years, which may include options to renew.   

The  transmitter/antenna  site  for  each  station  is  generally  located  so  as  to  provide  maximum  market 
coverage.  In  general,  we  do  not  anticipate  difficulties  in  renewing  facility  or  transmitter/antenna  site  leases  or  in 
leasing additional space or sites if required.  

We have approximately $114 million in future minimum rental commitments under these leases.   Many of 

these leases contain clauses such as defined contractual increases or cost of living adjustments.  

Our principal executive offices are located at 401 E. City Avenue, Suite 809, Bala Cynwyd, Pennsylvania 
19004, in 14,061 square feet of leased office space. The lease on these premises is due to expire on October 31, 2021.  
We generally consider our facilities to be suitable and of adequate size for our current and intended purposes. 

ITEM 3. 

 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

We  currently  and  from  time  to  time  are  involved  in  litigation  incidental  to  the  conduct  of  our  business. 
Management anticipates that any potential liability of ours that may arise out of or with respect to these matters will 
not materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.  

Broadcast Licenses 

We could face increased costs in the form of fines and a greater risk that we could lose any one or more of 
our broadcasting licenses if the FCC concludes that programming broadcast by our stations was obscene, indecent or 
profane and such conduct warrants license revocation. The FCC's authority to impose a fine for the broadcast of such 
material is $325,000 for a single incident, with a maximum fine of up to $3,000,000 for a continuing violation. In the 
past, the FCC has issued Notices of Apparent Liability and a Forfeiture Order with respect to several of our stations 
proposing fines for certain programming which the FCC deemed to have been indecent. These cases are the subject 
of  pending  administrative  appeals.  The  FCC  has  also  investigated  other  complaints  from  the  public  that  some 
of our stations  broadcast  indecent  programming.   These  investigations  remain  pending. The  FCC  initiated  an 
investigation  into  an  incident  where  a  person  died  in  January  2007  after  participating  in  a  contest  at  one  of  our 
stations and this investigation remains pending. For a further discussion, refer to the risk factors described in Part I, 
Item 1A, “Risk Factors.” 

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable. 

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Market Information For Our Common Stock 

Our Class A common stock, $0.01 par value, is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol 
“ETM.” The table below shows, for the quarters indicated, the reported high and low trading prices of our Class A 
common stock on the New York Stock Exchange.  

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Calendar Year 2015 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Calendar Year 2014 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Price Range 

High 

Low 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

12.45  
11.99  
13.33  
13.09  

12.77  
11.33  
11.11  
11.47  

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

9.75
9.62
11.00
11.16

7.86
8.03
9.87
8.96

There is no established trading market for our Class B common stock, $0.01 par value. 

Holders 

As  of  February  15,  2016,  there  were  approximately  266  shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  A  common 
stock. Based upon available information, we believe we have approximately 2,239 beneficial owners of our Class A 
common  stock.    There  are  four  shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  B  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value,  and  no 
shareholders  of  record  of  our  Class  C  common  stock,  $0.01  par  value.      There  is  one  holder  of  our  perpetual 
cumulative convertible preferred stock. 

Dividends 

We do not currently pay, and have not paid for the past several years, any dividends on our common stock. 
The  payment  of  any  future  dividends  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  based  upon  the  relevant 
factors at the time of such consideration, including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in 
our  Credit  Facility,  the  indenture  governing  our  Senior  Notes  and  our  perpetual  cumulative  convertible  preferred 
stock (“Preferred”). The payment of dividends on the Preferred and the repayment of the liquidation preference of 
the  Preferred will  take  preference  over  any  dividends  or other payments  to our  common  stockholders.  A  quarterly 
dividend on our Preferred of $0.4 million was declared and paid in October 2015 and in January 2016. 

             For  a  summary  of  these  restrictions  on  our  ability  to  pay  dividends,  see  Liquidity  under  Part  II,  Item  7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  And  Analysis  Of  Financial  Condition  And  Results  Of  Operations,”  and  Note  8  in  the 
accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

Repurchases Of Our Stock 

The following table provides information on our repurchases during the quarter ended December 31, 2015:  

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(a) 
Total 
Number 
Of 
Shares 

Purchased 

1,950   $
1,215   $
-   $

3,165    

(b) 
Average 
Price 
Paid Per 

Share 
 11.36  
 11.04  
 -    

Period (1) 
October 1, 2015 - October 31, 2015  
November 1, 2015 - November 30, 2015 
December 1, 2015 - December 31, 2015  

Total 

(c) 
Total 
Number  
  Of Shares 
Purchased 
  As Part Of 

Publicly 
  Announced     
Plans Or 

(d) 

    Maximum 
    Approximate 

Dollar 
Value Of 
Shares That 
    May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under The 
Plans Or 

Programs 
 -  
 -  
 -  

  $ 
  $ 
  $ 

Programs 
 -  
 -  
 -  

 -  

(1) 

We withheld shares upon the vesting of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) in order to satisfy employees’ tax 
obligations.  As a result, we are deemed to have purchased: (1) 1,950 shares at an average price of $11.36 
per share in October 2015; and (2) 1,215 shares at an average price of $11.04 per share in November 2015.  

On July 16, 2015, we issued 11 shares of Series A Preferred Stock in connection with an acquisition.  Each 
share  of  preferred  stock  has  a  conversion  price  of  $14.35  (subject  to  adjustment)  and  a  liquidation  preference  of 
$2,500,000 per share.   We previously provided the information required by Item 702 of Regulation S-K in a Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 17, 2015. 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  as  of  December  31,  2015,  the  number  of  securities  outstanding  upon  the 
exercise  of  outstanding  options  under  our  equity  compensation  plan,  the  weighted  average  exercise  price  of  such 
securities and the number of securities available for grant under these plans: 

Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2015 
(b) 

(a) 

Number Of 
Shares To Be 
Issued Upon 
Exercise Of  
Outstanding  
Options, 
Warrants 
And Rights 

  Weighted  

Average 
Exercise 
Price Of 

  Outstanding 

Options, 
Warrants 
And Rights 

(c ) 
Number Of  
Securities 
Remaining 
Available For 
Future Issuance 
Under Equity  
Compensation 
Plans (Excluding 
 Column (a)) 

Plan Category 

Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders: 
    Entercom Equity Compensation Plan (1) 

466,925   $ 

1.93  

2,502,986

Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders: 
     None  

-    

-  

 -  

Total 

466,925    

2,502,986

13 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  
   
  
    
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 

On January 1 of each year, the number of shares of Class A common stock authorized under the Entercom 
Equity Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is automatically increased by 1.5 million, or a lesser number as may 
be  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of  Directors  elected  to  forego  the  January  1,  2016 
increase. As of December 31, 2015: (i) the maximum number of shares authorized under the Plan was 10.3 
million shares; and (ii) 2.5 million shares remain available for future grant under the Plan. 

For a description of the Entercom Equity Compensation Plan refer to Note 13, Share-Based Compensation, 

in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.   

14 

 
 
 
 
Performance Graph 

The  following  Comparative  Stock  Performance  Graph  shall  not  be  deemed  incorporated  by  reference  by 
any general statement incorporating by reference this Form 10-K into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as 
amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate 
this information by reference.  This Comparative Stock Performance Graph is being furnished with this Form 10-K 
and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such acts. 

The following line graph compares the cumulative 5-year total return provided to shareholders of our Class 
A  common  stock  relative  to  the  cumulative  total  returns  of:  (i)  the  S&P  500  index;  and  (ii)  a  peer  group  index 
consisting of Cumulus Media Inc., Emmis Communications Corp., Radio One, Inc. and Beasley Broadcast Group, 
Inc.  An  investment  of $100 (with reinvestment  of  all dividends)  is  assumed  to  have been  made  on December  31, 
2010.    

Cumulative Five-Year Return Index Of A $100 Investment 

Entercom Communications Corp. 

S&P 500 

Peer Group 

100.00

100.00

100.00

53.11

102.11

77.25

60.28

118.45

71.06

90.76 

156.82 

196.65 

105.01 

178.29 

107.85 

96.98

180.75

18.47

12/10

12/11

12/12

12/13 

12/14 

12/15

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 6.   SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The selected financial data below, as of and for 2015 and the four prior years, were derived from our audited 
consolidated  financial  statements.  The  selected  financial  data  for  2015,  2014  and  2013  and  balance  sheets  as  of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014 are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, the corresponding 
audited  consolidated  financial  statements,  and  the  notes  thereto,  and  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in this annual report. The selected financial data 
for  2012  and  2011  and  the  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2013,  2012  and  2011  are  derived  from  financial 
statements not included herein.  

Our  financial  results  are  not  comparable  from  year  to  year  due  to  acquisitions  and  dispositions  of  radio 

stations, impairments of broadcasting licenses and goodwill and other significant events: 

 

 

 

 

 

In 2015, we acquired multiple radio stations, net of certain dispositions.  Related to these transactions, 
we incurred: (1) merger and acquisition costs of $4.0 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014; and (2) 
restructuring charges of $2.8 million in 2015 from the restructuring of operations;  

In 2012 and 2011, we acquired one radio station;   

In 2012,  we  incurred  an  impairment  loss  of  $22.3  million  in connection with our  review  of goodwill 
and broadcasting licenses;  

In 2011, we reversed a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets that had been established 
previously; and 

In the fourth quarter of 2011, we refinanced our debt which substantially increased our interest expense 
in 2012 as our new debt had higher borrowing rates than our prior debt.  In addition, we incurred new 
deferred financing fees as part of the refinancing that were higher than the previous deferred financing 
fees.  Subsequent  modifications  of  our  outstanding  debt  in  the  fourth  quarters  of  2013  and  2012 
decreased our borrowing rate.   

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

2011 

Operating Data: 
Net revenues 
Operating  (income) expenses: 
     Station operating expenses, including non-cash compensation expense 
     Depreciation and amortization 
     Corporate G & A expenses, including non-cash compensation expense 
     Impairment loss 
     Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
     Net time brokerage agreement fees (income) 
     Net (gain) loss on sale of assets 
          Total operating  expenses 
Operating income (loss) 
Other (income) expense: 
     Net interest expense 
     Other income 
     (Gain) loss on early extinguishment of debt 
     Net loss on investments 
     Net (gain) loss on derivative instruments 
          Total other expense 
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) 
     Income taxes (benefit) 
Net income (loss) attributable to Company 
     Preferred stock dividend 
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders 

$ 

411,378   $ 

379,789   $ 

377,618   $ 

388,924   $ 

382,727

287,711  
8,419  
26,479  
-  
6,836  
(1,285) 
(2,364) 
325,796  
85,582  

37,961  
-  
-  
-  
-  
37,961  
47,621  
18,437  
29,184  
752  
28,432   $ 

259,184  
7,794  
26,572  
-  
1,042  
-  
(379) 
294,213  
85,576  

38,821  
-  
-  
21  
-  
38,842  
46,734  
19,911  
26,823  
-  
26,823   $ 

252,596  
8,545  
24,381  
850  
-  
-  
(1,321) 
285,051  
92,567  

44,232  
(165) 
-  
-  
-  
44,067  
48,500  
22,476  
26,024  
-  
26,024   $ 

252,934  
10,839  
25,874  
22,307  
-  
238  
138  
312,330  
76,594  

53,446  
(118) 
747  
123  
(1,346) 
52,852  
23,742  
12,474  
11,268  
-  
11,268   $ 

264,195
11,276
26,609
-
767
244
163
303,254
79,473

24,919
(32)
1,144
30
1,346
27,407
52,066
(18,988)
71,054
-
71,054

$ 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Data (continued): 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2013 

2014 

2012 

Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share - basic: 
$ 
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders per share - diluted: $

0.75   $ 
$
0.73

0.71   $ 
$
0.69

0.70   $ 
$
0.68

0.31   $ 
$
0.30

Weighted average shares - basic 
Weighted average shares - diluted 

38,084  
39,038

37,763  
38,664

37,418  
38,301

36,906  
37,810

2011 

1.95
1.88

36,369
37,764

Cash Flows Data: 
Cash flows related to: 
     Operating activities 
     Investing activities 
     Financing activities 
Other Data: 
Dividends declared and paid on the perpetual cumulative convertible 
     preferred stock - paid and accrued 

$ 
$
$

$ 

64,790   $ 
$
(91,744)
$
4,583

65,296   $ 
$
(7,055)
$
(38,932)

63,349   $ 
$
(4,583)
$
(55,458)

69,702   $ 
$
(29,359)
$
(35,045)

85,525
(14,284)
(71,384)

413   $ 

-   $ 

-   $ 

-   $ 

-

2015 

2014 

 December 31, 
2013 

2012 

2011 

Balance Sheet Data:  
Cash and cash equivalents 
Intangibles and other assets 
Total assets 
Senior secured debt, including current portion 
Senior unsecured notes, senior subordinated notes and other 
Deferred tax liabilities and other long-term liabilities 
Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock (mezzanine) 
Total shareholders' equity 

$ 

9,169   $ 

31,540   $ 

12,231   $ 

8,923   $ 

851,944  
1,022,108  
268,750  
218,269  
109,251  
27,619  
361,450  

771,081  
926,615  
262,000  
217,929  
89,904  
-  
329,021  

774,893  
912,688  
299,500  
217,624  
70,519  
-  
298,393  

777,885  
920,358  
352,592  
229,959  
41,455  
-  
269,494  

3,625
779,495
919,269
385,121
229,713
23,152
-
253,688

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 

Overview 

  We  are  the  fourth-largest  radio  broadcasting  company  in  the  United  States  with  a  portfolio  of  125  radio 

stations in 27 top markets across the country.    

Our  results  are  based  upon  the  aggregate  performance  of  our  radio  stations.    The  following  are  some  of  the 
factors that impact a radio station’s performance at any given time: (i) audience ratings; (ii) program content; (iii) 
management talent and expertise; (iv) sales talent and expertise; (v) audience characteristics; (vi) signal strength; and 
(vii) the number and characteristics of other radio stations and other advertising media in the market area.   

As  opportunities  arise,  we  may,  on  a  selective  basis,  change  or  modify  a  station’s  format  due  to  changes  in 
listeners’ tastes or changes in a competitor’s format. This could have an initial negative impact on a station’s ratings 
and/or revenues, and there are no guarantees that the modification or change will be beneficial at some future time. 
Our management is continually focused on these opportunities as well as the associated risks and uncertainties. We 
strive to develop compelling content and strong brand images to maximize audience ratings that are crucial to our 
stations’ financial success. 

A  radio  broadcasting  company  derives  its  revenues  primarily  from  the  sale  of  broadcasting  time  to  local, 
regional and national advertisers and national network advertisers who purchase spot commercials in varying lengths.  
A growing source of revenue is from station-related digital platforms, which allow for enhanced audience interaction 
and participation, and integrated local digital marketing solutions. A station’s local sales staff generates the majority 
of its local and regional advertising sales through direct solicitations of local advertising agencies and businesses. We 
retain a national representation firm to sell to advertisers outside of our local markets.  

In  the  radio  broadcasting  industry,  seasonal  revenue  fluctuations  are  common  and  are  due  primarily  to 
variations  in  advertising  expenditures  by  local  and  national  advertisers.  Typically,  revenues  are  lowest  in  the  first 
calendar quarter of the year.  

In 2015, we generated the majority of our net revenues from local advertising, which is sold primarily by each 
individual local radio station’s sales staff, and the next largest amount from national advertising, which is sold by an 
independent advertising sales representative. This includes, but is not limited to, the sale of advertising during audio 
streaming of our radio stations over the Internet and the sale of advertising on our stations’ websites. We generated 
the  balance  of  our  2015  revenues  principally  from  network  compensation,  non-spot  revenue,  event  marketing,  e-
commerce and integrated local digital marketing solutions. 

The  majority  of  our  revenue  is  recorded  on  a  net  basis,  which  is  gross  revenue  less  advertising  agency 
commissions.  Revenues  from  digital  marketing  solutions  and  e-commerce  are  reflected  on  a  net  basis  when 
appropriate.  Revenues from event marketing are reflected on a net basis when we are not the primary party hosting 
the event. The revenues are determined by the advertising rates charged and the number of advertisements broadcast. 
We maximize our revenues by managing the inventory of advertising spots available for broadcast, which can vary 
throughout the day but is consistent over time.  

Our  most  significant  station  operating  expenses  are  employee  compensation,  programming  and  promotional 
expenses.  Other  significant  expenses  that  impact  our  profitability  are  interest  and  depreciation  and  amortization 
expense. 

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  in  conjunction 
with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following results 
of operations include a discussion of 2015 as compared to the prior year and a discussion of 2014 as compared to the 
prior year.   

Results Of Operations 

The year 2015 as compared to the year 2014 

The following significant factors affected our results of operations for 2015 as compared to the prior year:  

Business Combinations 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On July 16, 2015, we acquired the stock of Lincoln Financial Media Company (“Lincoln”) for $77.5 million 
in cash and $27.5 million in newly issued Preferred. Lincoln indirectly held the assets and liabilities of radio stations 
serving the Atlanta, Denver, Miami and San Diego markets (the “Lincoln Acquisition”).   

On July 10, 2015, we agreed with Bonneville International Corporation (“Bonneville”) to exchange certain 
radio stations in Denver for a radio station in Los Angeles, California (the “Bonneville Exchange”) plus additional 
consideration.  Pursuant to a time brokerage agreement (“TBA”), on July 17, 2015, we commenced operations of a 
radio  station  in  Los  Angeles.  That  same  day,  Bonneville  commenced  operations  of  certain  of  our  Denver  radio 
stations.  On November 24, 2015, we completed the Bonneville Exchange. 

On a combined basis, the above transactions resulted in an increase to our net revenues and station operating 
expenses, our TBA income, depreciation and amortization expense and interest expense.  In addition, we recognized 
a gain of $1.5 million on the disposition of a radio station. 

We incurred merger and acquisition costs of $4.0 million in 2015 and $1.0 million in 2014 primarily related 

to the Lincoln Acquisition and the Bonneville Exchange. 

We  incurred  restructuring  charges  of  $2.8  million  in  2015  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  restructuring  of 
operations  for  the  Lincoln  Acquisition.  These  costs  included  a  workforce  reduction  charge,  the  recognition  of 
duplicative contractual obligations and the abandonment of excess studio space in one of the acquired markets. 

Other 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  we  settled  a  legal  claim  for  $1.0  million.  This  amount  was  included  in 

corporate general and administrative expenses. 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2015 

2014 

  % Change

(dollars in millions) 

NET REVENUES 

$

411.4

$

379.8 

8%

OPERATING EXPENSE: 
   Station operating expenses 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
   Other operating (income) expenses 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE: 
   Net interest expense 
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)  

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE 
COMPANY 
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 

Net Revenues 

20 

287.7
8.4
26.5
6.8
(3.6)
325.8
85.6

38.0
38.0

47.6

18.4

29.2
(0.8)

$

28.4

$

259.2 
7.8 
26.6 
1.0 
(0.4)
294.2 
85.6 

38.8 
38.8 

46.8 

20.0 

26.8 
- 

26.8 

11%
8%
(0%)
nmf
nmf
11%
0%

(2%)
(2%)

2%

(8%)

9%
nmf

6%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The increase in net revenues was primarily attributable to the net revenues from the Lincoln Acquisition and 
Bonneville  Exchange.  Excluding  the  net  revenues  from  these  new  radio  stations  and  the  divested  station,  net 
revenues were up in the low single digits. Also, last year benefited from the influx of political advertising. 

Excluding the benefit of the net revenues associated with the new stations, net revenues increased the most 
for our stations in the Boston and Kansas City markets, offset by revenue decreases for our stations located in the 
Denver market (includes the impact of a station we exchanged with Bonneville) and the New Orleans market.   

Station Operating Expenses 

The  increase  in  station  operating  expenses  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  Lincoln  Acquisition  and  the 
Bonneville  Exchange.    Excluding  the  station  operating  expenses  from  these  new  radio  stations  and  the  divested 
station,  station  operating  expenses  were  up  in  the  low  single  digits  primarily  due  to  a  correlating  increase  in  the 
variable  expenses  associated  with  the  increase  in  net  revenues  which  was  also  in  the  low  single  digits.  Station 
operating expenses also increased for the current year due to the continuing investment and development within our 
markets of digital product offerings. 

Depreciation And Amortization Expense 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2015 primarily due to the acquisition of assets included 

in the Lincoln Acquisition.  

Corporate General And Administrative Expenses 

Corporate general and administrative expenses were essentially flat for the current year.  

Operating Income 

Operating  income  was  essentially  flat.    Operating  income  in  2015  benefited  from:  (1)  an  increase  in  net 
revenues, net of station operating expenses, of $3.1 million, that included the operation of the new stations and the 
disposition  of  one  station;  and  (2)  an  increase  in  gains  on  the  sale  or  disposal  of  assets  of  $2.0  million  primarily 
related to the one station that was disposed to Bonneville. This increase was offset primarily due to an increase in 
2015  of  merger  and  acquisition  costs  and  restructuring  charges  of  $5.8  million  related  to  the  acquisition  and 
integration of the new stations.    

Interest Expense 

The  decrease  in  interest  expense  was  primarily  due  to  the  lower  outstanding  debt  upon  which  interest  is 
computed for at least half of the year, offset by the increase in interest expense on the borrowing of $42.0 million 
under the revolving credit facility needed to partially fund closing on the Lincoln Acquisition as our variable interest 
rates remained flat for most of the year.  

The  weighted  average  variable  interest  rate  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014  was  4.1%  and  4.0%, 

respectively. 

Income Before Income Taxes 

The increase was largely attributable to the $0.9 million decrease in interest expense as operating income 

was essentially flat. 

Income Taxes 

The effective income tax rate was 38.7%, which was impacted by an adjustment for expenses that are not 
deductible for tax purposes and an increase in net deferred tax liabilities associated with non-amortizable assets such 
as broadcasting licenses and goodwill.  Our income tax rate has been trending down as expenses not deductible for 
tax purposes have decreased due to the issuance to senior management of a higher percentage of awards that were 
market based.  Effective with the Lincoln Acquisition and the Bonneville Exchange, the estimated annual income tax 
rate increased due to the impact of acquisitions on our state income apportionments to states with higher income tax 
rates.  This  increase  was  offset  by  a  discrete  state  income  tax  credit  due  to  recent  legislation  that  allowed  for  the 
release of a partial valuation allowance in a certain single member state.   

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The effective income tax rate was 42.6% for 2014, which was higher than expected due to an adjustment for 
expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes  and  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill.    During  this  period,  we  received  a  discrete  tax  benefit  from 
legislatively reduced income tax rates in certain states.   

Estimated Income Tax Rate For 2016 

We  estimate  that  our  2016  annual  tax  rate  before  discrete  items,  which  may  fluctuate  from  quarter  to 
quarter,  will  be  about 40%. We  anticipate  that  our rate  in 2016  could be  affected  primarily  by:  (1) changes  in  the 
level of income in any of our taxing jurisdictions; (2) adding facilities in states that on average have different income 
tax  rates  from  states  in  which  we  currently  operate  and  the  resulting  effect  on  previously  reported  temporary 
differences  between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  our  assets  and  liabilities;  (3)  the  effect  of  recording 
changes in our liabilities for uncertain tax positions; (4) taxes in certain states that are dependent on factors other than 
taxable income; (5) the limitations on the deduction of cash and certain non-cash compensation expense for certain 
key employees; and (6) any tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.  Our annual effective tax rate 
may  also  be  materially  impacted  by:  (i)  tax  expense  associated  with  non-amortizable  assets  such  as  broadcasting 
licenses  and  goodwill;  (ii)  regulatory  changes  in  certain  states  in  which  we  operate;  (iii)  changes  in  the  expected 
outcome  of  tax  audits;  (iv)  changes  in  the  estimate  of  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes;  and  (v) 
changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance. 

In  the  event  we  determine  at  a  future  time  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  we  will  not  realize  our  net 
deferred tax assets, we will increase our deferred tax asset valuation allowance and increase income tax expense in 
the period when we make such a determination.   

Net Deferred Tax Liabilities  

As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  our  total  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  were  $78.2  million  and  $61.2 
million,  respectively.  Our  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  primarily  relate  to  differences between book  and  tax bases of 
certain of our indefinite-lived intangibles (broadcasting licenses and goodwill). Under accounting guidance, we do 
not  amortize  our  indefinite-lived  intangibles  for  financial  statement  purposes,  but  instead  test  them  annually  for 
impairment.  The  amortization  of  our  indefinite-lived  assets  for  tax  purposes  but  not  for  book  purposes  creates 
deferred tax liabilities.  A reversal of deferred tax liabilities may occur when indefinite-lived intangibles: (1) become 
impaired; or (2) are sold, which would typically only occur in connection with the sale of the assets of a station or 
groups of stations or the entire company in a taxable transaction.  Due to the amortization for tax purposes and not 
book purposes of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we expect to continue to generate deferred tax liabilities in 
future periods (without consideration for any impairment loss in future periods).    

Net Income Available To The Company 

The net change in net income available to the Company was primarily attributable to the reasons described 

above under Income Before Income Taxes and Income Taxes.   

Results Of Operations 

The year 2014 as compared to the year 2013 

The following significant factors affected our results of operations for 2014 as compared to the prior year:  

During 2014, we incurred merger and acquisition costs of $1.0 million related to our Lincoln transaction. 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  we  settled  a  legal  claim  for  $1.0  million.  This  amount  was  included  in 

corporate general and administrative expenses. 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, our Term B Loan was modified, reducing interest rates on outstanding 

debt upon which interest is computed thereby lowering our interest expense in 2014 as compared to 2013. 

During the second quarter of 2013, we recorded a non-cash gain of $1.6 million on the sale of certain towers 

under sale and leaseback accounting. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2014 

2013 

  % Change

(dollars in millions) 

NET REVENUES 

$

379.8

$

377.6 

1%

OPERATING EXPENSE: 
   Station operating expenses 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses 
   Impairment loss 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
   Other operating (income) expenses 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE: 
   Net interest expense 
   Other expense (income) 
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)  

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE 
COMPANY 
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 

Net Revenues 

259.2
7.8
26.6
-
1.0
(0.4)
294.2
85.6

38.8
-
38.8

46.8

20.0

26.8
-

$

26.8

$

252.6 
8.5 
24.4 
0.9 
- 
(1.3)
285.1 
92.5 

44.2 
(0.1)
44.1 

48.4 

22.4 

26.0 
- 

26.0 

3%
(8%)
9%
(100%)
nmf
69%
3%
(7%)

(12%)
100%
(12%)

(3%)

(11%)

3%
nmf

3%

Our  net  revenues  increased  marginally  in  2014  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.    Advertising  revenues 
accelerated during the second half of 2014 as compared to the first half of 2014. In 2014, net revenues benefited from 
the  influx  of  advertising  from  political  candidates  and  groups  primarily  due  to  certain  state  and  federal  elections 
during that period.  This was offset by the absence this year of the Boston Red Sox from the playoffs, as we were not 
able to generate post-season advertising from the broadcast of the Red Sox games.  Advertising demand continues to 
fluctuate and reflects the uneven performance of the general economy.   

Net revenues increased the most for our stations in the Kansas City and San Francisco markets, offset by 
revenue decreases for our stations located in the Boston and Portland markets. A factor contributing to the decline in 
our Boston market is described above.   

Station Operating Expenses 

Station  operating  expenses  increased  for  the  current  year  primarily  due  to  the  commencement  and 

integration of a digital marketing initiative.  

This increase in station operating expenses during the year was partially offset by: (1) the absence this year 
of the Boston Red Sox from the playoffs as we did not incur variable station operating expenses associated with post-
season  advertising  from  the  broadcast  of  the  Red  Sox  games;  and  (2)  the  termination  of  the  Celtics  radio  sports 
contract after last year’s season. 

Depreciation And Amortization Expense 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  decreased  in  2014  primarily  due  to  a  trend  of  lower  capital 

expenditure requirements over the past several years, offset by higher capital expenditures in the current year. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate General And Administrative Expenses 

Corporate general and administrative expenses increased primarily due to: (1) the settlement during the third 
quarter of 2014 of a $1.0 million legal claim; and (2) an increase in non-cash compensation expense of $1.0 million.  

Operating Income 

Operating income decreased primarily due to: (1) a $6.6 million increase in station operating expenses; (2) a 
$2.2  increase  in  corporate  general  and  administrative  expenses;  and  (3)  a  $1.0  million  increase  in  merger  and 
acquisition costs associated with the Lincoln transaction.  The decrease was offset by an increase of $2.2 million in 
net revenues.   

Interest Expense 

The  decrease  in  interest  expense  was  primarily  due  to:  (1)  lower  outstanding  debt  upon  which  interest  is 

computed; and (2) lower interest rates as a result of the December 2013 modification to the Credit Facility. 

The weighted average variable interest rate as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 4.0%. 

Income Before Income Taxes 

The decrease was primarily attributable to the decrease in operating income, offset by a decrease in interest 

expense. 

Income Taxes 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  42.6%  for  2014.    This  rate  was  impacted  by  expenses  that  are  not 
deductible  for  tax  purposes  and  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable  assets  such  as 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill. During this period, we received a discrete tax benefit from legislatively reduced 
income tax rates in certain states.   

The effective income tax rate was 46.3% for 2013 which was higher than expected due to an adjustment for 
expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes,  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-
amortizable assets such as broadcasting licenses and goodwill and discrete items arising during the period such as tax 
benefit shortfalls associated with share-based awards. 

Net Income Available To The Company 

The increase was primarily due to a decrease in the effective income tax rate.   

Future Impairments 

We may determine that it will be necessary to take impairment charges in future periods if we determine the 
carrying value of our intangible assets is more than the fair value .Our annual impairment test of our broadcasting 
licenses and goodwill was performed in the second quarter of 2015. We may be required to retest prior to our next 
annual evaluation, which could result in a material impairment.  As of December 31, 2015, no interim impairment 
test was required for our broadcasting licenses and goodwill. 

Liquidity And Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Over the past several years, we have used a significant portion of our cash flow to reduce our indebtedness.  
Generally, our cash requirements are funded from one or a combination of internally generated cash flow, cash on 
hand and borrowings under our Revolver. In 2015, we consummated the acquisition of the Lincoln Acquisition (as 
described below), which required the payment of $77.5 million in cash (plus working capital of $8.3 million, which 
was net of a $2.7 million credit) along with the issuance of $27.5 million of Preferred. To complete the cash portion 
of  the  Lincoln  Acquisition,  we  used  $35.5  million  of  the  cash  on  hand  together  with  $42.0  million  in  borrowing 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
under the Revolver. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we increased outstanding debt under our Credit Facility 
by $6.8 million and decreased our cash on hand by $22.4 million.  

We may also use our capital resources to repurchase shares of our Class A common stock, to pay dividends 
to our shareholders and to purchase radio station assets. We may from time to time seek to repurchase and retire our 
outstanding debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases, if 
any,  will  depend  on  prevailing  market  conditions,  our  liquidity  requirements,  contractual  restrictions  and  other 
factors. The amounts involved may be material.  We could also use our capital resources to repurchase the Preferred 
from time to time. 

As of December 31, 2015, we had $268.8 million outstanding under our Credit Facility, which includes an 
outstanding  Term  B  Loan  of  $242.8  million  and  an  outstanding  Revolver  of  $26.0  million.  In  addition,  we  had 
outstanding $220.0 million in principal for our Senior Notes and $0.7 million in outstanding letters of credit.  As of 
December 31, 2015, we had $9.2 million in cash and cash equivalents.    

The Credit Facility  

On November 23, 2011, we entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders for a $425 million 
Credit Facility, which was initially comprised of: (a) a $50 million Revolver that matures on November 23, 2016; 
and (b) a $375 million Term B Loan that matures on November 23, 2018. The Term B Loan amortizes in quarterly 
installments of $0.8 million and any remaining principal and interest is due at maturity (except for certain mandatory 
principal prepayments of Excess Cash Flow and other events as described below).   

In December 2015, we reduced the total Revolver capacity from $50 million to $40 million. The undrawn 
amount of the Revolver was $13.3 million as of December 31, 2015. The outstanding Revolver is reflected as current 
debt  as  of  December  31,  2015  as  it  matures  in  less  than  one  year. We  expect  to use  funds  from  our  operations  to 
retire the Revolver.  In the past, we have not utilized the Revolver to fund operations.  The outstanding balance of the 
Revolver  was  primarily  used  to  partially  fund  the  Lincoln  acquisition.    We  cannot  determine  if  and  when  a  new 
revolving credit line would be entered into to replace the Revolver as market conditions may impact the timing and 
our performance may impact the pricing. 

The  Term  B  Loan  requires:  (1)  mandatory  prepayments  equal  to  50%  of  Excess  Cash  Flow,  as  defined 
within  the  agreement,  subject  to  incremental  step-downs  depending  on  the  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio;  and  (2) 
mandatory prepayments from certain events such as the sale of certain property or the issuance of debt. Under the 
Term B Loan, the Excess Cash Flow payment is due in the first quarter of each year based on the Excess Cash Flow 
and Leverage Ratio for the prior year.  An estimate of this payment that is due next year, net of any prepayments 
made through December 31, 2015, is included under the current portion of long-term debt. We expect to fund the 
payments using cash from operating activities.  

As  of  December  31,  2015,  we  are  in  compliance  with  all  financial  covenants  and  all  other  terms  of  the 
Credit  Facility  in  all  material  respects.    Our  ability  to  maintain  compliance  with  our  covenants  will  be  highly 
dependent  on  our  results  of  operations.  A  default  under  our  Credit  Facility  or  the  indenture  governing  our  Senior 
Notes  could  cause  a  cross  default  in  the  other.  Any  event  of  default  could  have    a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business and financial condition.  

We believe that over the next 12 months we can continue to maintain our compliance with these covenants.  
Our operating cash flow remains positive, and we believe that it is adequate to fund our operating needs.  We believe 
that cash on hand and cash from operating activities will be sufficient to permit us to meet our liquidity requirements 
over the next 12 months, including our debt repayments.   

Failure  to  comply  with  our  financial  covenants  or  other  terms  of  our  Credit  Facility  and  any  subsequent 
failure to negotiate and obtain any required relief from our lenders could result in the acceleration of the maturity of 
all outstanding debt.  Under these circumstances, the acceleration of our debt could have a material adverse effect on 
our  business.    We  may  seek  from  time  to  time  to  amend  our  Credit  Facility  or  obtain  other  funding  or  additional 
financing, which may result in higher interest rates.   

The Credit Facility requires us to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants which are defined 

terms within the agreement, including:  

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio that cannot exceed 4.75 times at December 31, 2015, and 
which decreases to 4.5 times at March 31, 2016 and thereafter; and  

a  minimum  Consolidated  Interest  Coverage  Ratio  of  2.00  times  at  December  31,  2015,  and 
thereafter.   

As  of  December  31,  2015,  our  Consolidated  Leverage  Ratio  was  4.4  times  and  our  Consolidated  Interest 

Coverage Ratio was 3.1 times.  

Under the Term Loan and depending on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, we may elect an interest rate per 
annum equal to: (1) LIBOR plus fees of 3.0%; and (2) the Base Rate plus fees of 2.0%. The Term Loan includes a 
LIBOR floor of 1.0%. The interest rates were reduced in 2012 and 2013 under two Term B Loan amendments. 

The Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of 100% of the capital stock and other equity interest in all of our 
wholly owned subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of our assets, with 
limited  exclusions  (including  our  real  property).    The  assets  securing  the  Credit  Facility  are  subject  to  customary 
release  provisions  which  would  enable  us  to  sell  such  assets  free  and  clear  of  encumbrance,  subject  to  certain 
conditions and exceptions.  

Senior Notes 

The  Senior  Notes  may  be  redeemed  at  any  time  on  or  after  December  1,  2015  at  a  redemption  price  of 
105.25%  of  the  principal  amount  plus  accrued  interest.    The  redemption  price  decreases  to  102.625%  of  their 
principal amount plus accrued interest on or after December 1, 2016 and 100% on or after December 1, 2017. 

Simultaneously with entering into the Credit Facility, on November 23, 2011 we issued 10.5% unsecured 
senior notes, or the Senior Notes, which mature on December 1, 2019 in the amount of $220.0 million.  We received 
net  proceeds  of  $212.7  million,  which  includes  a  discount  of  $2.9  million  and  deferred  financing  costs  of  $6.1 
million, which will be amortized over the term under the effective interest rate method.   

Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at the rate of 10.5% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears 
on June 1 and December 1 of each year. The Senior Notes are unsecured and rank: (1) senior in right of payment to 
our  future  subordinated  debt;  (2)  equally  in  right  of  payment  with  all  of  our  existing  and  future  senior  debt;  (3) 
effectively subordinated to our existing and future secured debt (including the debt under our Credit Facility), to the 
extent of the value of the collateral securing such debt; and (4) structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of our 
subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Senior Notes, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries.  

In  addition  to  the  parent,  Entercom  Communications  Corp.,  all  of  the  Company’s  existing  subsidiaries 
(other than Entercom Radio, LLC, which is a finance subsidiary and is the issuer of the Senior Notes), jointly and 
severally guaranteed the Senior Notes. Under certain covenants, our subsidiary guarantors are restricted from paying 
dividends  or  distributions  in  excess  of  amounts  defined  under  the  Senior  Notes,  and  the  subsidiary  guarantors  are 
limited in their ability to incur additional indebtedness under certain restrictive covenants.  

A default under our Senior Notes could cause a default under our Credit Facility. Any event of default could 

have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.  

Perpetual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock 

During  the  second  quarter  of  2015,  we  issued  $27.5  million  of  Preferred  in  connection  with  the  Lincoln 

Acquisition.   

The  Preferred  ranks  senior  to  common  stock  in  our  capital  structure.  The  payment  of  dividends  on  the 
Preferred and the repayment of the liquidation preference of the preferred stock rank senior to any dividends or other 
payments to our common shareholders. The Preferred is convertible by Lincoln into a fixed number of shares after a 
three-year  waiting  period.   At  certain  times  (including  the  first  three  years  after  issuance),  we  could  redeem  the 
Preferred in cash. The dividend rate on the Preferred increases over time from 6% to 12%.  

Repurchases 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may from time to time seek to repurchase and retire our outstanding debt through cash purchases, open 
market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise.  Such repurchases, if any, will depend on prevailing 
market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may 
be material.  

Operating Activities 

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $64.8  million and $65.3 million for 2015 and 2014, 
respectively. The cash flows from operating activities decreased primarily due to the cash requirements to fund the 
increase of $5.8  million  in  merger  and  acquisitions  costs  and restructuring  charges  associated  primarily  associated 
with  the  Lincoln  Acquisition.    This  decrease  in  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  was  offset  by  a  $3.1  million 
increase  in  operating  income  primarily  due  to  net  revenues,  net  of  station  operating  expenses,  from  the  Lincoln 
Acquisition and Bonneville Exchange.  

Net cash flows provided by operating activities were $65.3  million and $63.3 million for 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. The cash flows increased primarily due to: (1) a $5.4 million decrease in interest expense as a result of a 
decline  in  the  outstanding  debt  upon  which  interest  is  computed  and  a  decline  in  the  average  interest  rate  used  to 
compute  interest  on  outstanding  debt;  and  (2)  a  decrease  in  working  capital  requirements  of  $3.6  million.    This 
increase in cash flows from operating activities was offset by a $7.0 million decrease in operating income primarily 
due to the increase in station operating expenses of $6.6 million.  

Investing Activities 

For  2015,  net  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  were  $91.7  million,  which  primarily  reflected  the 
purchase  of  radio  station  assets  of  $83.6  million  (excluding  the  issuance  of  the  Preferred  and  cash  acquired  from 
Lincoln).    For  2014  and  2013,  net  cash  flows  used  in  investing  activities  were  $7.1  million  and  $4.6  million, 
respectively,  which  primarily  reflected  the  additions  to  property  and  equipment  of  $8.4  million  and  $4.3  million, 
respectively. 

Financing Activities  

For 2015, net cash flows provided by financing activities were $4.6  million and for 2014 and 2013, net cash 

flows used in financing activities were, $38.9  million and $55.5 million, respectively.   

For 2015, net cash flows provided by financing activities primarily reflect the use of the Revolver of $42.0 
million  to  fund  a  portion  of  the  cash  requirements  necessary  to  complete  the  Lincoln  Acquisition,  offset  by  the 
reduction  of  our  net  borrowings  of  $51.3  million.    For  2014  and  2013,  the  cash  flows  used  in  financing  activities 
primarily reflected the net repayment of debt of $37.5 million and $53.0 million, respectively. 

Income Taxes 

During 2015, 2014 and 2013, we paid a nominal amount in income taxes (state income taxes) as we have 
benefited  from  the  tax  deductions  available  on  acquired  assets,  which  are  primarily  intangible  assets  such  as 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill.  For 2015, we estimate that we will have a minimal amount of taxable income 
before  the  utilization  of  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  (“NOLs”).  In  addition,  we  accrued  a  $0.1  million 
Alternative  Minimum  Tax  (“AMT”)  associated  with  expected  income  subject  to  tax  for  2015,  before  the  offset  of 
available net operating loss carryforwards. The AMT is available to be carried forward indefinitely to be used as a 
credit to offset future income tax liabilities. 

We  anticipate  that  it  will  not  be  necessary  to  make  any  additional  quarterly  estimated  federal,  and  most 
state, income tax payments for 2016, based upon projected quarterly taxable income and our ability to utilize federal 
NOLs of $293 million and significant state NOLs.  

Dividends 

We do not currently pay, and have not paid for the past several years, any dividends on our common stock. 
Any future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors based upon the relevant factors at the time of 
such consideration, including, without limitation, compliance with the restrictions set forth in our Credit Facility, the 
indenture  governing  in  the  Senior  Notes  and  our  Preferred.  The  payment  of  dividends  on  the  Preferred  and  the 
repayment of the liquidation preference of the Preferred will take preference over any dividends or other payments to 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our common stockholders.  A quarterly dividend on our Preferred of $0.4 million was declared and paid in October 
2015 and January 2016. 

See Liquidity under Part II, Item 7, “Management’s Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And 

Results Of Operations,” and Note 8 in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

Share Repurchase Programs 

Any share repurchase program is subject to the approval of our Board of Directors.  Such approval would be 
dependent on many factors, including but not limited to, market conditions and restrictions under our Credit Facility 
and  the  indenture  governing  our  Senior  Notes.  New  share  repurchase  programs  could  be  commenced  at  any  time 
without prior notice.   

Capital Expenditures 

Capital  expenditures  for  2015,  2014  and  2013  were  $7.0  million,  $8.4  million  and  $4.3  million, 

respectively. We anticipate that capital expenditures in 2016 will be between $8.0 million and $10.0 million.   

Credit Rating Agencies 

On  a  continuing  basis,  Standard  and  Poor’s,  Moody’s  Investor  Services  and  other  rating  agencies  may 
evaluate our debt in order to assign a credit rating. Any significant downgrade in our credit rating could adversely 
impact our future liquidity by limiting or eliminating our ability to obtain debt financing.  

Contractual Obligations  

The following table reflects a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:    

Contractual Obligations: 

Total 

Payments Due By Period 

Less Than 
 1 Year 

1 To 3 
Years 

3 To 5 
Years 

5 
Years 

  More Than 

  Long-term debt obligations (1) 
  Operating lease obligations (2) 
  Purchase obligations (3) 
  Other long-term liabilities (4) 

$607,816  

$65,134  

$302,020  

$240,662  

114,184    

128,912    

109,251    

18,008    

82,766    

1,524    

33,482    

43,208    

2,816    

24,702    

2,680    

3,080    

$-

37,992

258

101,831

Total 

$960,163  

$167,432  

$381,526  

$271,124  

$140,081

(1) 

The total amount reflected in the above table includes principal and interest. 

(a)  Our  Credit  Facility  had  outstanding  debt  in  the  amount  of  $268.8  million  as  of  December  31, 
2015.  The  maturity  under  our  Credit  Facility  could  be  accelerated  if  we  do  not  maintain 
compliance with certain covenants. The principal maturities reflected exclude any impact from 
required  principal  payments  based  upon  our  future  operating  performance.  The  above  table 
includes projected interest expense under the remaining term of our Credit Facility.  

(b)  Under  our  Senior  Notes,  the  maturity  could  be  accelerated  if  we  do  not  maintain  certain 
covenants  or  could  be  repaid  in  cash  by  us  at  our  option  prior  to  maturity.  The  above  table 
includes projected interest expense under the remaining term of the agreement.   

(2) 

Certain  leases  include  contingent  rents  for  common  area  maintenance.  These  amounts  are 
included in minimum operating lease commitments when it is probable that the expense has been 
incurred and the amount is reasonably measurable. 

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3) 

(a)  We  have  purchase  obligations  of  $126.8  million  including  contracts  primarily  for  on-air 
personalities, ratings services, sports programming rights, software and equipment maintenance 
and certain other operating contracts.  

(b)  In addition to the above, we have $2.1 million in liabilities related to: (i) construction obligations 

of $1.4 million; and (ii) our obligation to provide $0.7 million in letters of credit.  

(4) 

Included  within  total  other  long-term  liabilities  of  $109.3  million  are  deferred  income  tax 
liabilities of $81.6 million. It is impractical to determine whether there will be a cash impact to 
an individual year. Therefore, deferred income tax liabilities, together with liabilities for deferred 
compensation  and  uncertain  tax  positions  (other  than  the  amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits 
that  are  subject  to  the  expiration of various statutes  of  limitation  over  the  next 12  months)  are 
reflected in the above table in the column labeled as “More Than 5 Years.”  See Note 14, Income 
Taxes,  in  the  accompanying  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  a  discussion  of 
deferred tax liabilities, including liabilities for unrecognized tax positions.  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

As of December 31, 2015 and as of the date this report was filed (other than as described below), we did not 

have any material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, or obligations, including contingent obligations.  

Market Capitalization 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, our total equity market capitalization was $445.6 million and $475.0 
million, respectively, which was $84.1 million and $145.9 million higher, respectively, than our book equity value on 
those  dates.  As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  our  stock  price  was  $11.23  per  share  and  $12.16  per  share, 
respectively.  

Intangibles 

As of December 31, 2015, approximately 82% of our total assets consisted of radio broadcast licenses and 
goodwill, the value of which depends significantly upon the operational results of our business. We could not operate 
our radio stations without the related FCC license for each station.  FCC licenses are subject to renewal every eight 
years. Consequently, we continually monitor the activities of our stations to ensure they comply with all regulatory 
requirements.  See  Part  I,  Item  1A,  “Risk  Factors,”  for  a  discussion  of  the  risks  associated  with  the  renewal  of 
licenses.   

Inflation 

Inflation has affected our performance by increasing our radio station operating expenses in terms of higher 
costs  for  wages  and  multi-year  vendor  contracts  with  assumed  inflationary  built-in  escalator  clauses.  The  exact 
effects  of  inflation,  however,  cannot  be  reasonably  determined.    There  can  be  no  assurance  that  a  high  rate  of 
inflation in the future would not have an adverse effect on our profits, especially since our Credit Facility is variable 
rate. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

For  a  discussion  of  recently  issued  accounting  standards,  see  Note  2  in  the  accompanying  consolidated 

financial statements.   

Lincoln Acquisition 

On July 16, 2015, we completed our Lincoln Acquisition to acquire the assets and liabilities of radio stations 
serving the Atlanta, Denver, Miami and San Diego markets. The purchase price was $105.0 million of which $77.5 
million  was  paid  in  cash  and  $27.5  million  was  paid  with  our  issuance  of  new  Preferred.   The  stock  purchase 
agreement, originally dated December 7, 2014 and subsequently amended on July 10, 2015, provided for a step-up in 
basis  for  tax  purposes.  The  working  capital  acquired  was  $8.3  million,  which  was  net  of  a  working  capital  credit. 
Merger and acquisition related costs of $4.0 million and restructuring charges of $2.8 million were expensed together 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as  a  separate  line  item  in  the  statement  of  operations  for  2015.  We  used  the  proceeds  from  borrowings  under  our 
Revolver of $42.0 million and cash on hand to fund the cash portion of the purchase price. 

Bonneville Exchange 

On November 24, 2015, we completed the Bonneville Exchange that was entered into on July 10, 2015  to 
trade  four  radio  stations  in  Denver  for  a  Los  Angeles  station  and  additional  consideration.  On  July  17,  2015, 
Bonneville commenced operation of certain Denver stations and on the same date we commenced operation of the 
Los Angeles radio station under two separate TBAs. During the period of the TBAs, we: (i) included net revenues 
and station operating expenses associated with our operation of the Los Angeles station in our consolidated financial 
statements; and (ii) excluded net revenues and station operating expenses associated with Bonneville’s operation of 
certain Denver stations in our consolidated financial statements. We received $0.3 million of monthly TBA income 
from Bonneville until the closing of the transaction.  

Upon closing, we own: (1) one station in Los Angeles, a new market for us; and (2) continue to own and 

operate five radio stations in the Denver market.  

Critical Accounting Policies  

Our  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  are  based  upon  our 
consolidated  financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted  in  the  United  States.  The  preparation  of  these  financial  statements  requires  us  to  make  estimates  and 
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the 
reporting period. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be 
reasonable  under  the  circumstances,  the  results  of  which  form  the  basis  for  making  judgments  about  the  carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from other sources. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates under different circumstances or by using different assumptions.  

We  consider  the  following policies  to  be  important  in understanding  the  judgments  involved  in preparing 
our  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  uncertainties  that  could  affect  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations or cash flows:  

Revenue Recognition 

We generate revenue from the sale to advertisers of various services and products, including but not limited 
to:  (1)  commercial  broadcast  time;  (2)  digital  advertising;  (3)  local  events;  (4)  e-commerce  where  an  advertiser’s 
goods and services are sold through our websites; and (5) integrated digital advertising solutions. 

Revenue from services and products is recognized when delivered. 

Advertiser payments received in advance of when the products or services are delivered are recorded on our 

balance sheet as unearned revenue.  

Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction 
of advertising agency fees by the advertising agencies. We also evaluate when it is appropriate to recognize revenue 
based on the gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by us if a third party is involved.  

Allowance For Doubtful Accounts 

We  evaluate  our  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  on  an  ongoing  basis.  We  specifically  review  historical 
write-off activity by market, large customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, the economic conditions of 
the  customer’s  industry,  and  changes  in  our  customer  payment  practices  when  evaluating  the  adequacy  of  the 
allowance for doubtful accounts. Our historical estimates have been a reliable method to estimate future allowances.  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contingencies And Litigation 

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our exposure related to contingencies and litigation and record a liability 
when available information indicates that a liability is probable and estimable. We also disclose significant matters 
that may reasonably result in a loss or are probable but not estimable.  

Estimation Of Our Tax Rates  

We must make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement 
purposes. These estimates and judgments must be used in the calculation of certain tax assets and liabilities because 
of  differences  in  the  timing  of  recognition  of  revenue  and  expense  for  tax  and  financial  statement  purposes.  As 
changes  occur  in  our  assessments  regarding  our  ability  to  recover  our  deferred  tax  assets,  our  tax  provision  is 
increased in any period in which we determine that the recovery is not probable.   

We expect our effective tax rate, before discrete items, changes in the valuation allowance, the tax expense 

associated with non-amortizable assets and impairment losses, to be about 40%.  

In 2015, our tax rate was 38.7%.  The income tax rates in 2014 and 2013 of 42.6% and 46.3%, respectively, 

were higher primarily due to a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.  

The calculation of our tax liabilities requires us to account for uncertainties in the application of complex 
tax regulations. We recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process prescribed within 
the  interpretation  of  accounting  for  uncertain  tax  positions.  The  first  step  is  to  evaluate  the  tax  position  for 
recognition of a tax benefit by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not 
that the position will be sustained on audit based upon its technical merits, including resolution of related appeals or 
litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount 
that  has  greater  than  a  50%  likelihood  of  being  realized  upon  ultimate  settlement.  It  is  inherently  difficult  and 
subjective to estimate such amounts, as this requires us to determine the probability of various possible outcomes. 
We  evaluate  these  uncertain  tax  positions,  and  review  whether  any  new  uncertain  tax  positions  have  arisen,  on  a 
quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, 
changes  in  tax  law,  effectively  settled  issues  under  audit,  historical  experience  with  similar  tax  matters,  guidance 
from  our  tax  advisors,  and  new  audit  activity.  A  change  in  recognition  or  measurement  would  result  in  the 
recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision in the period in which the change occurs. 

We  believe  our  estimates  of  the  value  of  our  tax  contingencies  and  valuation  allowances  are  critical 
accounting estimates, as they contain assumptions based on past experiences and judgments about potential actions 
by taxing jurisdictions. It is reasonably likely that the ultimate resolution of these matters may be greater or less than 
the amount that we have currently accrued.  The effect of a 1% increase in our estimated tax rate as of December 31, 
2015 would be an increase in income tax expense of $0.5 million and a decrease in net income available to common 
shareholders of $0.5 million (net income available to common shareholders per basic and diluted share of $0.01) for 
2015.   

Radio Broadcasting Licenses And Goodwill  

We have made acquisitions in the past for which a significant amount of the purchase price was allocated to 
broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets. As of December 31, 2015, we have recorded approximately $840  million 
in radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill, which represents 82% of our total assets at that date. We must conduct 
impairment testing at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets 
might be impaired, and charge to operations an impairment expense in the periods in which the recorded value of 
these assets is more than their fair value. Any such impairment could be material. After an impairment expense is 
recognized,  the  recorded  value  of  these  assets  will  be  reduced  by  the  amount  of  the  impairment  expense  and  that 
result  will  be  the  assets'  new  accounting  basis.  Our  most  recent  impairment  loss  to  our  broadcasting  licenses  and 
goodwill was in 2012. 

We believe our estimate of the value of our radio broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets is an important 
accounting  estimate  as  the  value  is  significant  in  relation  to  our  total  assets,  and  our  estimate  of  the  value  uses 
assumptions  that  incorporate  variables  based  on  past  experiences  and  judgments  about  future  performance  of  our 
stations.  

Broadcasting Licenses Impairment Test 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We perform our broadcasting license impairment test by using the direct method at the market level.  Each 
market’s broadcasting licenses are combined into a single unit of accounting for the purpose of testing impairment, 
as  the  broadcasting  licenses  in  each  market  are  operated  as  a  single  asset.    We  determine  the  fair  value  of 
broadcasting  licenses  in  each  of  our  markets  by  relying  on  a  discounted  cash  flow  approach  (a  10-year  income 
model) assuming a start-up scenario in which the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. Our fair 
value  analysis  contains  assumptions  based  upon  past  experience,  reflects  expectations  of  industry  observers  and 
includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized information for an average station within a 
certain  market.    These  assumptions  include,  but  are  not  limited  to:  (1)  the  discount  rate;  (2)  the  market  share  and 
profit margin of an average station within a market based upon market size and station type; (3) the forecast growth 
rate of each radio market; (4) the estimated capital start-up costs and losses incurred during the early years; (5) the 
likely  media  competition  within  the  market  area;  (6)  the  tax  rate;  and  (7)  future  terminal  values.    Changes  in  our 
estimates of the fair value of these assets could result in material future period write-downs in the carrying value of 
our broadcasting licenses and goodwill assets.   

The methodology used by us in determining our key estimates and assumptions was applied consistently to 
each market.  Of the seven variables identified above, we believe that the assumptions in items (1) through (3) above 
are the most important and sensitive in the determination of fair value. 

We most recently completed our annual impairment test for broadcasting licenses during the second quarter 
of 2015 and determined that the fair value of the broadcasting licenses was more than the carrying value in each of 
our markets and, as a result, we did not record an impairment loss.   

The following table reflects the estimates and assumptions used in the second quarter of 2015 as compared 

to the second quarter of 2014, the date of the most recent prior impairment test: 

Discount rate 
Operating profit margin ranges expected 
  for average stations in the markets 
  where the Company operates 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  

Estimates And Assumptions 
Second 
Second 
Quarter 
Quarter 
2014 
2015 
9.6% 
9.7% 

25% to 40% 

25% to 40% 

1.5% to 2.0% 

1.5% to 2.0% 

While  we  believe  we  have  made  reasonable  estimates  and  assumptions  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  our 

broadcasting licenses, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results.  

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or by us, or if events occur 
or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of our broadcasting licenses below the amount reflected on 
the balance sheet, we may be required to recognize impairment charges, which could be material, in future periods.   

The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the fair value exceeded the carrying value 
of  our  radio  broadcasting  licenses  as  of  December  31,  2015  for  20  units  of  accounting  (20  geographical  markets) 
where the carrying value of the licenses is considered material to our financial statements.  We excluded four new 
markets from testing as these markets were added through acquisitions during the second half of 2015.  Rather than 
presenting the percentage separately for each unit of accounting, management’s opinion is that this table in summary 
form is  more meaningful to the reader in assessing the recoverability of the broadcasting licenses. In addition, the 
units  of  accounting  are  not  disclosed  with  the  specific  market  name  as  such  disclosure  could  be  competitively 
harmful to us.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Units Of Accounting As Of December 31, 2015 
Based Upon The Valuation As Of June 30, 2015 
Percentage Range By Which Fair Value Exceeds 
The Carrying Value 

0% To 
5% 

Greater  
Than 5% 
To 10% 

Greater 
Than 10% 
To 15% 

Greater 
Than 
15% 

Number of units of accounting    
Carrying value (in thousands)    $ 

4

4

220,224   $

243,392   $

-
-   $

12 
253,568 

Broadcasting Licenses Valuation At Risk 

The second quarter 2015 impairment test of our broadcasting licenses indicated that there were eight units of 
accounting  where  the  fair  value  exceeded  their  carrying  value  by  10%  or  less.   In  aggregate,  these  eight  units  of 
accounting have a carrying value of $463.6 million.   If overall market conditions or the performance of the economy 
deteriorates, advertising expenditures and radio industry results could be negatively impacted, including expectations 
for future growth. This could result in future impairment charges for these or other of our units of accounting. 

Goodwill Impairment Test 

We perform our annual goodwill impairment test during the second quarter of each year by evaluating our 
goodwill  for  each  reporting  unit.  We  determined  that  a  radio  market  is  a  reporting  unit  and,  in  total,  we  assessed 
goodwill  at  19  separate  reporting  units.    In  determining  the  reporting  units  to  evaluate,  we  excluded:  (1)  four 
reporting units that had no goodwill; and (2) four reporting units from 2015 acquisitions.   

If the fair value of any reporting unit is less than the amount reflected in the balance sheet, an indication 
exists that the amount of goodwill attributed to a reporting unit may be impaired, and we are required to perform a 
second step of the impairment test. In the second step, we compare the amount reflected in the balance sheet to the 
implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill, determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its 
assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation.   

To  determine  the  fair  value,  we  use  a  market  approach  and,  when  appropriate,  an  income  approach  in 
computing the fair value for each reporting unit. The market approach calculates the fair value of each market’s radio 
stations by analyzing recent sales of similar properties expressed as a multiple of cash flow. The income approach 
utilizes  a  discounted  cash  flow  method  by  projecting  the  subject  property’s  income  over  a  specified  time  and 
capitalizing at an appropriate market rate to arrive at an indication of the most probable selling price.  

In  step  one  of  our  goodwill  analysis,  we  considered  the  results  of  the  market  approach  and,  where 
appropriate,  the  income  approach  in  computing  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units.  In  the  market  approach,  we 
applied  an  estimated  market  multiple  of  between  seven  and  a  half  times  and  eight  times  to  each  reporting  unit’s 
operating  performance  to  calculate  the  fair  value.  This  multiple  was  consistent  with  the  multiple  applied  to  all 
markets  in  the  prior  year.    Management  believes  that  these  approaches  are  an  appropriate  measurement  given  the 
current market valuations of broadcast radio stations together with historical market transactions, including those in 
recent months. Factors contributing to the determination of the reporting unit’s operating performance were historical 
performance and management’s estimates of future performance.   

The following table reflects certain key estimates and assumptions applied to each of our markets that were 
used in the second quarter of 2015 and in the second quarter of 2014, the date of the most recent prior impairment 
test:   

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Discount rate 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  
Market multiple used in the market 
  valuation approach 

Estimates And Assumptions 
Second 
Second 
Quarter 
Quarter 
2014 
2015 
9.6% 
9.7% 

1.5% to 2.0% 

1.5% to 2.0% 

7.5x to 8.0x 

7.5x to 8.0x 

While  we  believe  we  have  made  reasonable  estimates  and  assumptions  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  our 

goodwill, these estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results.  

The results of step one indicated that it was not necessary to perform the second step analysis in any of the 
markets tested. As a result of the step one test, no impairment loss was recorded during the second quarter of 2015. 
We performed a reasonableness test by comparing the fair value results for goodwill (by using the implied multiple 
based on our cash flow performance and our current stock price) to prevailing radio broadcast transaction multiples.   

If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by the industry or us, or if events occur or 
circumstances  change  that  would  reduce  the  fair  value  of  our  goodwill  below  the  amount  reflected  in  the  balance 
sheet,  we  may  be  required  to  conduct  an  interim  test  and  possibly  recognize  impairment  charges,  which  could  be 
material, in future periods. 

The table below presents the percentage within a range by which the fair value exceeded the carrying value 
of the reporting unit as of December 31, 2015 for 19 reporting units that were tested for goodwill impairment under 
step one during the second quarter of 2015. Rather than presenting the percentage separately for each reporting unit, 
management’s  opinion  is  that  this  table  in  summary  form  is  more  meaningful  to  the  reader  in  assessing  the 
recoverability  of  the  reporting  unit,  including  goodwill.  In  addition,  the  reporting  units  are  not  disclosed  with  the 
specific market name as such disclosure could be competitively harmful to us.   

Reporting Units As Of December 31, 2015 
Based Upon The Valuation As Of June 30, 2015 
Percentage Range By Which Fair Value Exceeds Carrying Value 
Greater 
Than 
15% 

Greater 
Than 10% 
To 15% 

Greater  
Than 5% 
To 10% 

0% To 
5% 

Number of reporting units 
Carrying value (in thousands) 

2

3

  $ 

175,379   $

189,118   $

1 
8,968   $ 

13
383,740

Goodwill Valuation At Risk 

The second quarter 2015 impairment test of our goodwill indicated that there were five reporting units that 
exceeded the carrying value by 10% or less.  In aggregate, these three reporting units have a carrying value of $364.5 
million, of which $10.8 million is goodwill.  Future impairment charges may be required on these, or other of our 
reporting  units,  as  the  discounted  cash  flow  and  market-based  models  are  subject  to  change  based  upon  our 
performance, our stock price, peer company performance and their stock prices, overall market conditions, and the 
state of the credit markets. 

Sensitivity Of Key Broadcasting Licenses And Goodwill Assumptions 

If we were to assume a 100 basis point change in certain of our key assumptions (a reduction in the long-
term revenue growth rate, a reduction in the operating performance cash flow margin and an increase in the weighted 
average cost of capital) used to determine the fair value of our broadcasting licenses and goodwill using the income 
approach during the second quarter of 2015, the following would be the incremental impact:  

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity Analysis (1) 

Results Of 
Long-Term 
Revenue 
Growth 
Rate 
Decrease 

Results Of 
Operating 
Performance   
Cash Flow 
Margin 
Decrease 
(amounts in thousands) 

Results Of 
Weighted 
Average 
Cost Of 
Capital 
Increase 

Broadcasting Licenses 
Incremental broadcasting licenses impairment 

Goodwill (2) 
Incremental goodwill impairment 

$

$

18,929   $

4,631   $ 

46,718

4,246   $

-   $ 

20,081

(1)  
(2)  

Each assumption used in the sensitivity analysis is independent of the other assumptions. 
The sensitivity goodwill analysis is computed using data from testing goodwill using the income approach 
under step 1. 

To  determine  the  radio  broadcasting  industry’s  future  revenue  growth  rate,  management  uses  publicly 
available information on industry expectations rather than management’s own estimates, which could be different. In 
addition,  these  long-term  market  growth  rate  estimates  could  vary  in  each  of  our  markets.  Using  the  publicly 
available  information  on  industry  expectations,  each  market’s  revenues  were  forecasted  over  a  ten-year  projection 
period to reflect the expected long-term growth rate for the radio broadcast industry, which was further adjusted for 
each of our markets.  If the industry’s growth is less than forecasted, then the fair value of our broadcasting licenses 
could be negatively impacted. 

Operating profit is defined as profit before interest, depreciation and amortization, income tax and corporate 
allocation charges. Operating profit is then divided by broadcast revenues, net of agency and national representative 
commissions, to compute the operating profit margin.  For the broadcast license fair value analysis, the projections of 
operating profit margin that are used are based upon industry operating profit norms, which reflect market size and 
station type. These margin projections are not specific to the performance of our radio stations in a market, but are 
predicated on the expectation that a new entrant into the market could reasonably be expected to perform at a level 
similar  to  a  typical  competitor.  For  the  goodwill  fair  value  analysis,  the  projections  of  operating  margin  for  each 
market are based on our actual historical performance. If the outlook for the radio industry’s growth declines, then 
operating  profit  margins  in  both  the  broadcasting  license  and  goodwill  fair  value  analyses  would  be  negatively 
impacted, which would decrease the value of those assets. 

The discount rate to be used by a typical market participant reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows for 
the broadcast industry. The same discount rate was used for each of our markets. The discount rate is calculated by 
weighting the required returns on interest-bearing debt and common equity capital in proportion to their estimated 
percentages  in  an  expected  capital  structure.    The  capital  structure  was  estimated  based  upon  data  available  for 
publicly traded companies in the broadcast industry.   

See  Note  4,  Intangible  Assets  And  Goodwill,  in  the  accompanying  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial 

statements, for a discussion of intangible assets and goodwill. 

For  a  more  comprehensive  list  of  our  accounting  policies,  see  Note  2,  Significant  Accounting  Policies, 
accompanying the consolidated financial statements included within this annual report on Form 10-K for 2015.  Note 
2 to the consolidated financial statements included with Form 10-K contains several other policies, including policies 
governing  the  timing  of  revenue  recognition,  that  are  important  to  the  preparation  of  our  consolidated  financial 
statements,  but  do  not  meet  the  SEC’s  definition  of  critical  accounting  policies  because  they  do  not  involve 
subjective or complex judgments.  In addition, for further discussion of new accounting policies that were effective 
for  us  on  January  1,  2015,  see  the  new  accounting  standards  under  Note  2  to  the  accompanying  notes  to  the 
consolidated financial statements. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable rate senior debt (the Term B 
Loan  and  Revolver).  If  the  borrowing  rates  under  LIBOR  were  to  increase  1%  above  the  current  rates  as  of 
December 31, 2015, our interest expense on: (1) our Term B Loan would increase $1.0 million on an annual basis as 
our Term B Loan provides for a minimum LIBOR floor of 1%; and (2) our Revolver would increase by $0.4 million, 
assuming our entire Revolver was outstanding as of December 31, 2015.  From time to time, we may seek to limit 
our exposure to interest rate volatility through the use of interest rate hedging instruments.   

Assuming LIBOR remains flat, interest expense in 2016 is expected to be lower as we anticipate reducing 
our  outstanding  debt  upon  which  interest  is  computed.    Our  Senior  Notes  can  currently  be  redeemed  at  a  price  of 
105.25%, which decreases over time.  Any redemption would be subject to approval by our Board of Directors and 
our  ability  to  obtain  alternative  sources  of  funds  would  be  subject  to  market  conditions.    Such  refinancing  could 
increase our exposure to variable rate debt. 

As of December 31, 2015, there were no interest rate hedging transactions outstanding. 

Our credit exposure under hedging agreements similar  to the agreements that we have entered into in the 
past, or similar agreements that we may enter into in the future, is the cost of replacing such agreements in the event 
of nonperformance by our counterparty. To minimize this risk, we select high credit quality counterparties.  We do 
not anticipate nonperformance by such counterparties who we may enter into agreements with in the future, but we 
could recognize a loss in the event of nonperformance. 

From time to time, we may invest all or a portion of our cash in cash equivalents, which are money market 
instruments consisting of short-term government securities and repurchase agreements that are fully collateralized by 
government securities.  We do not believe that we have any material credit exposure with respect to these assets. 

Our  credit  exposure  related  to  our  accounts  receivable  does  not  represent  a  significant  concentration  of 
credit  risk  due  to  the  quantity  of  advertisers,  the  minimal  reliance  on  any  one  advertiser,  the  multiple  markets  in 
which we operate and the wide variety of advertising business sectors. 

See also additional disclosures regarding liquidity and capital resources made under Part II, Item 7, above. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA  

Our consolidated financial statements, together with related notes and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers 

LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth on the pages indicated in Part IV, Item 15.  

ITEM 9.  CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND 

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE  

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation Of Controls And Procedures   

We  maintain  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures”  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  of  the 
Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934)  that  are designed  to  ensure  that:  (1)  information  required  to  be disclosed  in  our 
Exchange  Act  reports  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods  specified  in  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms; and (2) such information is accumulated and communicated 
to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow for 
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.  In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, 
our  management  recognizes  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can 
provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives,  and  our  management  is  required  to 
apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. 

We  carried  out  an  evaluation,  under  the  supervision  of  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management, 
including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and 
procedures as of December 31, 2015.  Based on the foregoing, our President/Chief Executive Officer and Executive 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vice  President/Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2015,  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level. 

Changes In Internal Controls 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the Company’s 
most  recent  fiscal  quarter  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  Company’s 
internal controls over financial reporting.  

Management's Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting  

Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process designed by, or under the supervision of, our 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other 
personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes 
those policies and procedures that:  

 

 

 

pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;  

provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and 
expenditures  of  the  Company  are  being  made only  in  accordance  with authorizations of  management 
and directors of the Company; and  

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use 
or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial 
statements.  

Management has used the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) to evaluate the effectiveness of 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting.  Based on this evaluation, management has concluded that 
the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015. The effectiveness of 
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2015  has  been  audited  by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP,  an  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  as  stated  in  their  report  which 
appears under Item 15.    

We have excluded the stations acquired from Lincoln Financial Media Company and the station acquired 
from  Bonneville  International  Corporation  from  our  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2015 as these stations were acquired by us in a purchase business combination during 2015.  These 
stations’  total  assets  and  total  revenues  represent  4%  and  7%,  respectively,  of  the  related  consolidated  financial 
statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls  

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting 
objectives  because  of  its  inherent  limitations.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  that  involves 
human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. 
Internal  control  over financial  reporting  also  can be  circumvented  by  collusion or  improper  management  override. 
Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely 
basis  by  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  However,  these  inherent  limitations  are  known  features  of  the 
financial  reporting  process.  Therefore,  it  is  possible  to  design  into  the  process  safeguards  to  reduce,  though  not 
eliminate,  this  risk.  Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over 
financial reporting for the Company.  

David J. Field, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Stephen F. Fisher, Executive Vice President - Chief Financial Officer 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

              None. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The  information  required  by  this  Item  10  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 29, 2016.  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  11  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 29, 2016. 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT 

AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  12  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 29, 2016. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS  AND  DIRECTOR 

INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  required  by  this  Item  13  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 29, 2016. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The  information  required  by  this  Item  14  is  incorporated  in  this  report  by  reference  to  the  applicable 
information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we expect to file 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to April 29, 2016. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) 

The following documents are filed as part of this Report:  

PART IV 

Document 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm .................................................................................   42 

Consolidated Financial Statements 

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 .......................................................................   43 
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ............................................   44 
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended  

December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ...........................................................................................................   45 
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 ..........................................   46 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .........................................................................................................   48 

Index to Exhibits .................................................................................................................................................................   97 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(b) 

Exhibits   

Exhibit 
Number  Description   
3.01 
3.02 
3.03 

4.01 

4.02 

4.03 

4.04 

10.03 

10.02 

10.01 

4.05 
4.06 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Entercom Communications Corp.  (1)  
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Entercom Communications Corp.  (2)  
Statement with Respect to Shares, filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on July 16, 2015. (3) 
(Originally filed as Exhibit 3.1) 
Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2011, among Entercom Radio, LLC, as the Borrower, Entercom 
Communications  Corp.,  as  the  Parent,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  as  Administrative  Agent  and  the  lenders  party 
thereto. (4) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.1) 
First Amendment To Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, among Entercom Radio, LLC, as the 
Borrower, Entercom Communications Corp., as the Parent, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and 
the lenders party thereto. (5)  
Second Amendment To Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2013, among Entercom Radio, LLC, as the 
Borrower, Entercom Communications Corp., as the Parent, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and 
the lenders party thereto. (6)  
Indenture,  dated  as  of  November  23,  2011,  by  and  among  Entercom  Radio,  LLC,  as  the  Issuer,  the  Note 
Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. (3) (Originally filed as 
Exhibit 4.2) 
Form of Note. (4) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.3) 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 16, 2015, by and between Entercom Communications Corp. and The 
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company. (3) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.1) 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 23, 2010, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and David J. Field.  (7) (Originally filed as Exhibit 10.01) 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  1,  2007,  between  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  Joseph  M.  Field.  
(8)  
First Amendment To Employment Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Joseph M. Field. (9)  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2015, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Stephen F. Fisher.  (10)  
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013 between Entercom Communications Corp. and Andrew P. 
Sutor, IV.   (11) 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  May  5,  2015,  between  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  Louise  Kramer. 
(10) 
Entercom Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy adopted February 19, 2015. (12) 
Amended and Restated Entercom Equity Compensation Plan. (13) 
Entercom Annual Incentive Plan. (14) 
Information Regarding Subsidiaries of Entercom Communications Corp.  (10) 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.  (10) 
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as created 
by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (10) 
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-
14(a), as created by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (10) 
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (15) 
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created 
by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (15)  
101.INS 
XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

10.07 
10.08 
10.09 
21.01 
23.01 
31.01 

10.06 

31.02 

32.02 

10.04 

32.01 

10.05 

40 

 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  Description   
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 
(11) 

(12) 

(13) 
(14) 
(15) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to our Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed 
on  January 27,  1999  (File  No. 333-61381),  Exhibit 3.1  of  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  as  filed  on 
December 21, 2007 and Exhibit 3.02 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 
2009, as filed on August 5, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2008.  
Incorporated by reference to an exhibit (as indicated above) to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 
17, 2015.  
Incorporated  by  reference  to  an  exhibit  (as  indicated  above)  to  our  Current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
November 25, 2011. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.02 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2012, as filed on February 27, 2013. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.03 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2013, as filed on March 3, 2014. 
Incorporated by reference to an exhibit (as indicated above) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2010, as filed on February 9, 2011. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2007, as filed on November 21, 2007. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.04  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008, as filed on February 26, 2009. 
Filed herewith. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  our  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
March 31, 2013, as filed on May 9, 2013. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  as  filed  on  February  19, 
2015. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 20, 2014. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 16, 2012.  
These exhibits are submitted as "accompanying" this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be deemed 
to be "filed" as part of such Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders 
of Entercom Communications Corp.: 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  the  related  consolidated  statement  of  operations, 
shareholders’  equity and  cash  flows  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Entercom  Communications 
Corp and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
three  years  in  the  period  ended  December  31,  2015  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States of America.  Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for 
these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  Management's  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial 
Reporting under Item 9A.  Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal 
control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.  We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the 
Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).   Those  standards  require that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audits  to 
obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement  and  whether  effective 
internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audits of the financial statements included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting 
principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  Our 
audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal 
control based on the assessed risk.  Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the 
circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that 
(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of 
the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of 
financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide 
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s 
assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.   

As  described  in  Management's  Report  On  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A, 
management has excluded the stations acquired from Lincoln Financial Media Company and the station acquired from Bonneville 
International Corporation from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 because these 
entities  were  acquired  by  the  Company  in  purchase  business  combinations  during  2015.  We  have  also  excluded  these  stations 
from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. These stations’ total assets and total revenues represent 4% and 7%, 
respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015. 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 
February 26, 2016 

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

DECEMBER 31,   
2015 

DECEMBER 31, 
2014 

  ASSETS: 
  Cash 
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 
  Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 
  Prepaid and refundable federal and state income taxes 
  Deferred tax assets 

     Total current assets 

  Net property and equipment 
  Radio broadcasting licenses 
  Goodwill 
  Assets held for sale 
  Deferred charges and other assets, net of accumulated amortization 
  TOTAL ASSETS 

  LIABILITIES: 
  Accounts payable 
  Accrued expenses 
  Other current liabilities 
  Long-term debt, current portion 

     Total current liabilities 

  Long-term debt, net of current portion 
  Deferred tax liabilities 
  Other long-term liabilities 

     Total long-term liabilities 
     Total liabilities 

$

$

$

$

$

$

9,169  
87,157  
6,220  
55  
3,464  
106,065  
57,993  
807,381  
32,629  
6,106  
11,934  
1,022,108  

73  
16,772  
19,924  
31,832  
68,601  
455,187  
81,643  
27,608  
564,438  
633,039  

  CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

  PERPETUAL CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK 

27,619  

  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY: 
  Preferred stock; authorized 25,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding 

     11 shares in 2015 and no shares in 2014 

  Class A common stock $0.01 par value; voting; authorized 200,000,000 shares;

     issued and outstanding 32,480,551 in 2015 and 31,862,294 in 2014 

  Class B common stock $0.01 par value; voting; authorized 75,000,000 shares; 

     issued and outstanding 7,197,532 in 2015 and 2014 

  Class C common stock $0.01 par value; nonvoting; authorized 50,000,000 

     shares; no shares issued and outstanding 

  Additional paid-in capital  
  Accumulated deficit 

     Total shareholders' equity 

  TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

$

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

43 

- 

- 

325 

- 

72 

- 

- 

- 
611,754  
(250,701) 
361,450  
1,022,108  

$

-
608,515
(279,885)
329,021
926,615

31,540
70,249
5,937
30
2,248
110,004
44,662
718,992
38,850
868
13,239
926,615

324
13,938
13,499
3,000
30,761
476,929
63,470
26,434
566,833
597,594

-

-

319

72

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per share data) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2013 
2014 
2015 

NET REVENUES 

$ 411,378  

$ 379,789  

$

377,618  

OPERATING EXPENSE: 
   Station operating expenses, including non-cash  
       compensation expense 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses,  
       including non-cash compensation expense 
   Impairment loss 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges 
   Net time brokerage agreement (income) fees 
   Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE: 
   Net interest expense 
   Net (gain) loss on investments 
   Other expense (income) 
TOTAL OTHER EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT)
INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE 
COMPANY 
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 

287,711  
8,419  

26,479  
-  
6,836  
(1,285) 
(2,364) 
325,796  
85,582  

37,961  
-  
-  
37,961  

47,621  
18,437  

29,184  
(752) 

259,184  
7,794  

26,572  
-  
1,042  
-  
(379) 
294,213  
85,576  

38,821  
21  
-  
38,842  

46,734  
19,911  

26,823  
-  

252,596  
8,545  

24,381  
850  
-  
-  
(1,321) 
285,051  
92,567  

44,232  
-  
(165) 
44,067  

48,500  
22,476  

26,024  
-  

$ 

28,432   $ 

26,823   $ 

26,024  

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS PER SHARE - BASIC 

NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS PER SHARE - DILUTED 

$

$

0.75  

0.73  

$

$

0.71  

0.69  

$

$

0.70  

0.68  

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES: 
   Basic 
   Diluted 

38,083,947  
39,037,623

37,763,353  
38,664,066  

37,417,807  
38,301,495

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2012 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net income (loss) 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Forfeitures of dividend equivalents 
Balance, December 31, 2014 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted  
     stock units  
Preferred stock dividend 
Balance, December 31, 2015 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

Common Stock 

  Additional 

Class A 

Class B 

Shares 
31,226,047  
-  

Amount
$

312  
-  

Shares 
7,197,532  
-  

Amount   
72  
$
-  

$

Paid-in 
Capital 

96,560  
171,625  

(186,038) 
31,308,194  
-  

638,102  
57,500  

(141,502) 
-  
31,862,294  
-  

738,195  
11,750  

1  
2  

(2) 
313  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
319  
-  

7  
-  

-  
-  

-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  
-  

(131,688) 
-  
32,480,551  

(1) 
-  
325  

$

-  
-  
7,197,532  

$

-  
-  

-  
72  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

45 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit) 

Total 

601,847  
-  

$

(332,737) 
26,024  

$

269,494
26,024

4,269  
243  

(1,638) 
604,721  
-  

5,225  
82  

(1,513) 
-  
608,515  
-  

5,517  
35  

-  
-  

-  
(306,713) 
26,823  

-  
-  

-  
5  
(279,885) 
29,184  

-  
-  

4,270
245

(1,640)
298,393
26,823

5,232
82

(1,514)
5
329,021
29,184

5,524
35

(1,561) 
(752) 
611,754  

$

-  
-  
(250,701) 

$

(1,562)
(752)
361,450

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 (amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
  Net income (loss) available to the Company 

$ 

29,184  

$ 

26,823  

$ 

26,024

  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by 
 (used in) operating activities: 
    Depreciation and amortization  
    Amortization of deferred financing costs 
         (including original issue discount) 
    Net deferred taxes (benefit) and other 
    Provision for bad debts 
    Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
    Non-cash stock-based compensation expense 
    Net (gain) loss on investments 
    Deferred rent 
    Unearned revenue - long-term 
    Deferred compensation 
    Impairment loss 
    Accretion expense, net of asset retirement obligation adjustments 
    Other (income) expense 
    Changes in assets and liabilities: 
       Accounts receivable 
       Prepaid expenses and deposits 
       Accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
       Accrued interest expense 
       Accrued liabilities - long-term 
       Prepaid expenses - long-term 
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
    Additions to property and equipment 
    Proceeds from sale of property, equipment,  
         intangibles and other assets 
    Purchases of radio station assets 
    Deferred charges and other assets 
    Purchases of investments 
    Proceeds from investments and capital projects 
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

8,419  

3,203  
18,322  
1,553  
(2,364) 
5,524  
-  
1,017  
(10) 
584  
-  
13  
-  

(4,027) 
642  
700  
769  
146  
1,115  
64,790  

7,794  

4,165  
19,811  
1,004  
(379) 
5,232  
21  
807  
(33) 
1,291  
-  
(11) 
-  

565  
(1,586) 
1,633  
(132) 
(1,311) 
(398) 
65,296  

(7,043) 

(8,408) 

427  
(83,553)  
(1,575) 
(9) 
9  
(91,744) 

2,153  
-   
(800) 
-  
-  
(7,055) 

8,545

4,144
22,422
824
(1,251)
4,270
-
206
(82)
2,380
850
18
(165)

(1,678)
(743)
(952)
(523)
(1,140)
200
63,349

(4,325)

8
-
(475)
-
209
(4,583)

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
 (amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2014 

2013 

2015 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
    Deferred financing expenses related to the bank facility,  
         finance method lease obligations and senior unsecured notes 
    Borrowing under the revolving senior debt 
    Payments of long-term debt 
    Payment of fees associated with the issuance of preferred stock 
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
    Purchase of vested employee restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividend equivalents on vested restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividends 
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

$ 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW 
   Cash paid during the period for: 
      Interest 
      Income taxes  
      Dividends  

-  
58,000  
(51,250) 
(220) 
35  
(1,562) 
(7) 
(413) 
4,583  

(22,371) 
31,540  
9,169  

-  
15,500  
(53,000) 
-  
82  
(1,514) 
-  
-  
(38,932) 

19,309  
12,231  
31,540  

$ 

$ 

(1,040)
33,000
(86,023)
-
245
(1,640)
-
-
(55,458)

3,308
8,923
12,231

$
$
$

34,822  

81
413

$
$
$

35,593  

79
-

$
$
$

41,010
69
-

See notes to consolidated financial statements. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013 

1. 

BASIS OF PRESENTATION 

Nature Of Business – Entercom Communications Corp. (the “Company”) is the fourth-largest radio broadcasting 
company in the United States with a portfolio that includes 125 radio stations in 27 top markets across the country.  

2. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Principles  Of  Consolidation  –  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  the 
Company  and  its  subsidiaries,  all  of  which  are  100%  owned  by  the  Company.  All  intercompany  transactions  and 
balances  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.    The  Company  also  considers  the  applicability  of  any  variable 
interest  entities  (“VIEs”)  that  are  required  to  be  consolidated  by  the  primary  beneficiary.    From  time  to  time,  the 
Company  may  enter  into  a  time  brokerage  agreement  (“TBA”)  in  connection  with  a  pending  acquisition  or 
disposition of radio stations and the requirement to consolidate or deconsolidate a VIE may apply, depending on the 
facts and circumstances related to each transaction.  As of December 31, 2015, there were no outstanding VIEs. 

Reportable Segment - The Company operates under one reportable business segment, radio broadcasting, for which 
segment  disclosure  is  consistent  with  the  management  decision-making  process  that  determines  the  allocation  of 
resources  and  the  measuring  of  performance.  Radio  stations  serving  the  same  geographic  area,  which  may  be 
comprised  of  a  city  or  combination  of  cities,  are  referred  to  as  markets  or  as  distinct  operating  segments.  The 
Company has 27 operating segments. These operating segments are aggregated to create one reportable segment.  

Management’s  Use  Of  Estimates  –  The  preparation  of  consolidated  financial  statements,  in  conformity  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, requires the Company to make estimates 
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and 
liabilities, as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during  the  reporting  period.  Significant  estimates  and  assumptions  are  used  for,  but  not  limited  to:  (1)  asset 
impairments,  including  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  income  tax  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax 
assets; (3) allowance for doubtful accounts; (4) self-insurance reserves; (5) fair value of equity awards; (6) estimated 
lives  for  tangible  and  intangible  assets;  (7)  contingency  and  litigation  reserves;  (8)  fair  value  measurements;  (9) 
acquisition purchase price asset and liability allocations; and (10) uncertain tax positions. The Company’s accounting 
estimates  require  the  use  of  judgment  as  future  events  and  the  effect  of  these  events  cannot  be  predicted  with 
certainty. The accounting estimates  may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired and as more 
information is obtained.  The Company evaluates and updates assumptions and estimates on an ongoing basis and 
may use outside experts to assist in the Company’s evaluation, as considered necessary. Actual results could differ 
from those estimates.   

Income  Taxes  – The  Company  applies  the liability  method  to  the  accounting  for  deferred  income  taxes.  Deferred 
income  taxes  are  recognized  for  all  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  the 
Company’s assets and liabilities based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which 
the differences are expected to affect taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded for a net deferred tax asset 
balance when it is more likely than not that the benefits of the tax asset will not be realized.  The Company reviews 
on a continuing basis the need for a deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the jurisdictions in which it operates. 
Any adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations 
in the period that such an adjustment is required.  

The  Company  applies  the  guidance  for  income  taxes  and  intra-period  allocation  to  the  recognition  of 
uncertain  tax  positions.  This  guidance  clarifies  the  recognition,  de-recognition  and  measurement  in  financial 
statements of income tax positions taken in previously filed tax returns or tax positions expected to be taken in tax 
returns, including a decision whether to file or not to file in a particular jurisdiction. The guidance requires that any 
liability created for unrecognized tax benefits is disclosed. The application of this guidance may also affect the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and therefore may change or create deferred tax liabilities or assets.  This guidance also 
clarifies  the  method  to  allocate  income  taxes  (benefit)  to  the  different  components  of  income  (loss),  such  as:  (1) 
income (loss) from continuing operations; (2) income (loss) from discontinued operations; (3) extraordinary items; 
(4) other comprehensive income (loss); (5) the cumulative effects of accounting changes; and (6) other charges or 
credits recorded directly to shareholders’ equity. See Note 14 for a further discussion of income taxes.   

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property  And  Equipment  –  Property  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost.  Major  additions  or  improvements  are 
capitalized, including interest expense when material, while repairs and  maintenance are charged to expense when 
incurred. Upon sale or retirement, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and 
any  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  in  the  statement  of  operations.  Depreciation  expense  on  property  and  equipment  is 
determined on a straight-line basis.  

Depreciation expense for property and equipment is reflected in the following table:  

Property And Equipment 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2015 

2013 

Depreciation expense 

  $

7,419   $

6,748   $

7,543

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had capital expenditure commitments outstanding of $1.4 million. 

During  2014,  the  Company  wrote  off  a  significant  amount  of  unused  and  obsolete  assets  that  primarily 

consisted of fully depreciated assets.   

The following is a summary of the categories of property and equipment along with the range of estimated 

useful lives used for depreciation purposes: 

Depreciation Period 
In Years 

From 

To 

  Property And Equipment 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

Land, land easements and land improvements 
Buildings 
Equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Leasehold improvements 

- 
20 
3 
5 

15  $
40 
40 
10 
shorter of economic life    
or lease term 

    Accumulated depreciation 

    Capital improvements in progress 
Net property and equipment 

  $

16,764   $ 
22,711  
108,399  
10,868  

12,020
21,836
97,509
9,906

23,119  
181,861  
(124,870) 
56,991  
1,002  
57,993   $ 

21,245
162,516
(118,667)
43,849
813
44,662

Long-Lived Assets - The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, which include property and 
equipment,  broadcasting  licenses  (subject  to  an  eight-year  renewal  cycle),  goodwill,  deferred  charges,  and  other 
assets.  See  Note  4  for  further  discussion.    If  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  were  to  indicate  that  an  asset’s 
carrying value is not recoverable, a write-down of the asset would be recorded through a charge to operations. The 
determination and measurement of the fair value of long-lived assets requires the use of significant judgments and 
estimates. Future events may impact these judgments and estimates. 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company conducted an evaluation of useful lives for longer-lived 
assets, such as broadcast towers and buildings. As a result of this review, which was based upon current facts and 
circumstances,  the  Company  determined  that  future  acquisitions  may  warrant  the  use  of  longer  lives  anywhere 
between 15 years and 40 years.   

Revenue  Recognition  –  The  Company  generates  revenue  from  the  sale  to  advertisers  of  various  services  and 
products, including but not limited to: (1) commercial broadcast time; (2) digital advertising; (3) local events; (4) e-
commerce  where  an  advertiser’s  goods  and  services  are  sold  through  our  websites;  and  (5)  digital  product  and 
marketing solutions. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Revenue from services and products is recognized when delivered. 

Advertiser payments received in advance of when the products or services are delivered are recorded on the 

Company’s balance sheet as unearned revenue.  

Revenues presented in the consolidated financial statements are reflected on a net basis, after the deduction 
of  advertising  agency  fees  by  the  advertising  agencies.  The  Company  also  evaluates  when  it  is  appropriate  to 
recognize revenue based on the gross amount invoiced to the customer or the net amount retained by the Company if 
a third party is involved.  

The following table presents the amounts of unearned revenues as of the periods indicated: 

  Balance Sheet Location 

Unearned Revenues 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

Current 
Long-term 

  Other current liabilities 
  Other long-term liabilities 

  $
$

306   $
- $

191 
10 

Concentration Of Credit Risk – The Company’s revenues and accounts receivable relate primarily to the sale of 
advertising  within  its  radio  stations’  broadcast  areas.  Credit  is  extended  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  customers’ 
financial condition and, generally, collateral is not required. Credit losses are provided for in the financial statements 
and consistently have been within management’s expectations. The Company also maintains deposit accounts with 
financial institutions. At times, such deposits may exceed FDIC insurance limits.     

Debt Issuance Costs And Original Issue Discount – The costs related to the issuance of debt are capitalized and 
amortized over the lives of the related debt and such amortization is accounted for as interest expense. See Note 8 for 
further  discussion  for  the  amount  of  deferred  financing  expense  and  original  issue  discount  that  was  included  in 
interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.  

Extinguishment Of Debt –The Company may amend, append or replace, in part or in full, its outstanding debt. The 
Company  reviews  its  unamortized  financing  costs  associated  with  its  outstanding  debt  to  determine  the  amount 
subject  to  extinguishment  under  the  accounting  provisions  for  an  exchange  of  debt  instruments  with  substantially 
different  terms  or  changes  in  a  line-of-credit  or  revolving-debt  arrangement.  See  Note  8  for  a  discussion  of  the 
Company’s  long-term  debt.    In  addition,  refer  to  the  recent  accounting  pronouncements  section  of  this  note,  Debt 
Issuance Costs, for a change in the balance sheet presentation of debt issuance costs effective January 1, 2016.   

Corporate  General  And  Administrative  Expense  –  Corporate  general  and  administrative  expense  consists  of 
corporate  overhead  costs  and  non-cash  compensation  expense.  Included  in  corporate  general  and  administrative 
expenses are those costs not specifically allocable to any of the Company’s individual business properties. 

Time  Brokerage  Agreement  (Income)  Fees  –  TBA  fees  or  income  consist  of  fees  paid  or  received  under 
agreements  which  permit  an  acquirer  to  program  and  market  stations  prior  to  an  acquisition.  The  Company 
sometimes enters into a TBA prior to the consummation of station acquisitions and dispositions.  The Company may 
also enter into a Joint Sales Agreement (“JSA”) to market, but not to program, a station for a defined period of time.  

Barter Transactions – The Company provides advertising broadcast time in exchange for certain products, supplies 
and services. The terms of the exchanges generally permit the Company to preempt such broadcast time in favor of 
advertisers  who  purchase  time  on  regular  terms.  The  Company  includes  the  value  of  such  exchanges  in  both 
broadcasting net revenues and station operating expenses. Barter valuation is based upon management’s estimate of 
the fair value of the products, supplies and services received.  See Note 15, Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures On 
Non-Cash Investing And Financing Activities, for a summary of the Company’s barter transactions.  

Business  Combinations  –  Accounting  guidance  for  business  combinations  provides  the  criteria  to  recognize 
intangible assets apart from goodwill.  Other than goodwill, the Company uses a direct value method to determine 
the  fair  value  of  all  intangible  assets  required  to  be  recognized  for  business  combinations.    For  a  discussion  of 
impairment testing of those assets acquired in a business combination, including goodwill, see Note 4.  

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                     
Asset Retirement Obligations – The Company reasonably estimates the fair value of an asset retirement obligation.  
For an asset retirement obligation that is conditional (uncertainty about the timing and/or method of settlement), the 
Company factors into its fair value measurement a probability factor as the obligation depends upon a future event 
that  may  or  may  not  be  within  the  control  of  the  Company.    The  Company’s  asset  retirement  obligations  are  not 
significant when compared to its net outstanding property and equipment. 

Accrued  Compensation  –  Certain  types  of  employee  compensation,  which  amounts  are  included  in  the  balance 
sheets under other current liabilities, are paid in subsequent periods.  See Note 6 for amounts reflected in the balance 
sheets.  

Cash And Cash Equivalents – Cash consists primarily of amounts held on deposit with financial institutions. From 
time to time, the Company may invest in cash equivalents, which consists of investments in immediately available 
money market accounts and all highly liquid debt instruments with initial maturities of three months or less.  As of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had no cash equivalents on hand. 

Derivative  Financial  Instruments  –  The  Company  follows  accounting  guidance  for  its  derivative  financial 
instruments  that  it  enters  into  from  time  to  time,  including  certain  derivative  instruments  embedded  in  other 
contracts, and hedging activities.  

Leases – The Company follows accounting guidance for its leases, which includes the recognition of escalated rents 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement, as described further in Note 7.  

Share-Based  Compensation  –  The  Company  records  compensation  expense  for  all  share-based  payment  awards 
made  to  employees  and  directors,  at  estimated  fair  value.  The  Company  also  uses  the  simplified  method  in 
developing  an  estimate  of  the  expected  term  of  certain  stock  options.  For  further  discussion  of  share-based 
compensation, see Note 13.  

Investments – For those investments in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over the 
operating and financial policies of the investee, the investment is accounted for under the equity method. For those 
investments  in  which  the  Company  does  not  have  such  significant  influence,  the  Company  applies  the  accounting 
guidance  for  certain  investments  in  debt  and  equity  securities.  An  investment  is  classified  into  one  of  three 
categories:  held-to-maturity,  available-for-sale,  or  trading  securities,  and,  depending  upon  the  classification,  is 
carried at fair value based upon quoted market prices or historical cost when quoted market prices are unavailable.   

The  Company  also  provides  certain  quantitative  and  qualitative  disclosures  for  those  investments  that  are 
impaired (other than temporarily) at the balance sheet date and for those investments for which an impairment has 
not been recognized.   

Advertising And Promotion Costs – Costs of media advertising and associated production costs are expensed when 
incurred. 

Insurance  And  Self-Insurance  Liabilities  –  The  Company  uses  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance 
mechanisms to provide for the potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, property, director and 
officers’  liability,  vehicle  liability  and  employee  health  care  benefits.  Liabilities  associated  with  the  risks  that  are 
retained  by  the  Company  are  estimated,  in  part,  by  considering  claims  experience,  demographic  factors,  severity 
factors, outside expertise and other actuarial assumptions. For any legal costs expected to be incurred in connection 
with a loss contingency, the Company recognizes the expense as incurred.   

Recognition  Of  Insurance  Recoveries  –  The  Company  recognizes  insurance  recoveries  when  all  of  the 
contingencies related to the insurance claims have been satisfied.   

Sports Programming Costs – Programming costs which are for a specified number of events are amortized on an 
event-by-event  basis,  and  programming  costs  which  are  for  a  specified  season  are  amortized  over  the  season  on  a 
straight-line basis.  The Company allocates that portion of sports programming costs that are related to sponsorship 
and marketing activities to sales and marketing expenses on a straight-line basis over the term of the agreement. 

Accrued  Litigation  -  The  Company  evaluates  the  likelihood  of  an  unfavorable  outcome  in  legal  or  regulatory 
proceedings to which it is a party and records a loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred 
and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These judgments are subjective, based on the status of such 
legal or regulatory proceedings, the merits of the Company’s defenses and consultation with corporate and external 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
legal counsel. Actual outcomes of these legal and regulatory proceedings may materially differ from the Company’s 
estimates.  The  Company  expenses  legal  costs  as  incurred  in  professional  fees.  See  Note  20,  Contingencies  And 
Commitments.   

Software  Costs  –  The  Company  capitalizes  direct  internal  and  external  costs  incurred  to  develop  internal-use 
software  during  the  application  development  state.   Internal-use  software  includes  website  development  activities 
such  as  the  planning  and  design  of  additional  functionality  and  features  for  existing  sites  and/or  the  planning  and 
design of new sites.  Costs related to the maintenance, content development and training of internal-use software are 
expensed as incurred.  Capitalized costs are amortized over the estimated useful life of three years using the straight-
line method.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements   

All new accounting pronouncements that are in effect that may impact the Company’s financial statements 
have been implemented.  The Company does not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements 
that  have  been  issued,  other  than  for  a  few  of  those  as  listed  below,  that  might  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

Leasing Transactions 

In February 2016, the accounting guidance was modified to require that all leases with a term of more than 
one year, covering leased assets such as real estate, broadcasting towers and equipment, be reflected on the balance 
sheet as assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by these leases.  While the Company is currently 
reviewing the effects of this guidance, the Company believes that this would result in: (1) an increase in the assets 
and liabilities reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets; and (2) an increase in the Company’s interest 
expense  and  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  and  a  decrease  to  the  Company’s  station  operating  expense 
reflected on its consolidated statements of operations.  This guidance is effective for the Company as of January 1, 
2019.  

Balance Sheet Classification Of Deferred Taxes 

In November 2015, the accounting guidance for balance sheet classification of deferred taxes was modified 
to present deferred taxes for each jurisdiction as noncurrent on the balance sheet.  Previously, deferred taxes were 
presented for each jurisdiction as a net current asset or liability and net noncurrent asset or liability. This guidance is 
effective for the Company as of January 1, 2017. The Company anticipates that this guidance will have no impact on 
the Company’s cash flows or results of operation and no material impact on the Company’s financial position. 

Business Combinations 

In  September  2015,  the  accounting  guidance  for  business  combinations  was  modified  to  reflect 
measurement  period  adjustments  to  be  recorded  prospectively  rather  than  retroactively  to  the  assets  and  liabilities 
initially recorded under purchase price accounting.  This guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 
2016.  The Company anticipates that this guidance could have an impact on the Company’s financial position and 
results  of  operations  in  the  period  that  the  adjustment  is  recorded  for  a  previously  reported  business  combination. 
There should be no material impact to the Company’s cash flows. 

Fees Paid In A Cloud Computing Arrangement 

In April 2015, the accounting guidance was revised to identify when a cloud computing service includes a 
software license that is to be capitalized and treated consistently with the acquisition of other software licenses. This 
guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016.  The Company believes that this accounting guidance 
will not have any material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.  

Debt Issuance Costs 

In April 2015, the accounting guidance was amended to modify the presentation of debt issuance costs on 
the balance sheet by requiring that all costs, including incremental third-party costs, be reflected as an offset to the 
associated debt liability rather than as a deferred charge.  This guidance was subsequently modified in August 2015 
to  allow  the  existing  presentation  to  continue  for  line-of-credit  arrangements.  This  guidance  was  effective  for  the 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company as of January 1, 2016. The impact of this guidance to the Company will be for balance sheet presentation 
purposes only and will have no impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial condition.  

Consolidation 

In February 2015, the accounting guidance for consolidation was amended which revises the analysis of and 
reduces the need to consolidate certain entities. This guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016. 
The Company believes that this accounting guidance will not have any material effect on the Company’s results of 
operations, cash flows or financial condition.  

Extraordinary Items 

In January 2015, the accounting guidance was updated to eliminate the concept of an extraordinary item and 
the  requirement  to  consider  whether  an  underlying  event  or  transaction  is  extraordinary.    If  an  item  is  considered 
extraordinary,  it  is  presented  in  the  income  statement  net  of  tax,  after  income  from  continuing  operations. 
Eliminating the concept of extraordinary removes the uncertainty for the preparer as to whether the item had been 
treated properly. This guidance was effective for the Company as of January 1, 2016. The Company believes that this 
accounting  guidance  will  not  have  any  impact  to  the  Company’s  cash  flows  or  financial  condition  as  this  only 
impacts the Company’s presentation on the Company’s results of operations. 

Derivatives And Hedging 

 In  November  2014,  the  accounting  guidance  was  updated  for  determining  whether  the  host  contract  in  a 
hybrid  financial  instrument  issued  in  the  form  of  a  share  is  more  akin  to  debt  or  to  equity.  This  update  does  not 
change  the  current  criteria  for  determining  when  separation  of  certain  embedded  derivative  features  in  a  hybrid 
financial instrument is required, but clarifies how current accounting guidance should be interpreted in the evaluation 
of the economic characteristics and risks of a host contract in a hybrid financial instrument that is issued in the form 
of  a  share,  reducing  existing  diversity  in  practice.  This  guidance  was  effective  for  the  Company  as  of  January  1, 
2016.  The  Company  believes  that  this  accounting  guidance  will  not  have  any  material  effect  on  the  Company’s 
results of operations, cash flows or financial condition. 

Stock-Based Performance Awards 

In  June  2014,  the  accounting  guidance  was  updated  for  stock-based  awards  when  the  terms  of  an  award 
provide  that  a  performance  target  that  affects  vesting  could  be  achieved  after  the  requisite  service  period.    The 
current accounting standard for stock-based compensation as it applies to awards with performance conditions should 
be  applied.  This  guidance  was  effective  for  the  Company  as  of  January  1,  2016.  The  Company  believes  that  this 
accounting guidance will not have any material effect on the Company’s results of operations, cash flows or financial 
condition. 

Revenue Recognition 

In August 2015, the effective date of the accounting guidance for revenue recognition from contracts with 
customers was deferred for an additional year.  The guidance was originally issued in May 2014.  Along with the 
update,  most  industry-specific  revenue  guidance  was  eliminated.  The  new  guidance  is  based  on  the  principle  that 
revenue  is  recognized  to  depict  the  transfer  of  goods  or  services  to  customers  in  an  amount  that  reflects  the 
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also 
requires  additional  disclosure  about  the  nature,  amount,  timing  and  uncertainty  of  revenue  and  cash  flows  arising 
from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs 
incurred  to  obtain  or  fulfill  a  contract.  The  guidance  will  be  applied  using  one  of  two  retrospective  methods.  The 
guidance is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2018. The Company has not determined the potential effects 
of this guidance on its financial statements. 

Reporting Discontinued Operations 

In  April  2014,  the  criteria  for  reporting  discontinued  operations,  including  enhanced  disclosures,  was 
modified under new accounting guidance.  Under the new guidance, only disposals that have a major effect through a 
strategic shift on an organization’s operations and financial results should be presented as discontinued operations. In 
addition,  the  new  guidance  requires  expanded  disclosures  that  will  provide  financial  statement  users  with  more 
information about the assets, liabilities, income, and expenses of discontinued operations. The guidance was effective 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for  the  Company  as  of  January  1,  2015.    The  Company  believes  that  this  accounting  guidance  did  not  have  any 
impact on the Company’s cash flows or financial condition as this only impacts the Company’s presentation of the 
Company’s  results  of  operations.    In  2015,  the  Company  disposed  of  a  market  cluster  of  radio  stations.  This 
disposition did not qualify as discontinued operations under this new guidance, whereas under prior guidance, this 
disposition would have qualified as discontinued operations. 

3. 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND RELATED ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS 

Accounts  receivable  are  primarily  attributable  to  advertising  which  has  been  provided  and  for  which 
payment  has  not  been  received  from  the  advertiser.    Accounts  receivable  are  net  of  agency  commissions  and  an 
estimated allowance for doubtful accounts. Estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts are recorded based on 
management’s  judgment  of  the  collectability  of  the  accounts  receivable  based  on  historical  information,  relative 
improvements or deteriorations in the age of the accounts receivable and changes in current economic conditions.   

The accounts receivable balances and reserve for doubtful accounts are presented in the following table: 

Net Accounts Receivable 
December 31, 

2015 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

Accounts receivable 
Allowance for doubtful accounts 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts 

$

$

89,291   $
(2,134)   
87,157   $

72,698 
(2,449)
70,249 

See the table in Note 6 for accounts receivable credits outstanding as of the periods indicated.  

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts: 

Changes In Allowance For Doubtful Accounts  

  Additions 

Year Ended 

Of Year 

Expenses 

  Balance At    Charged To    Deductions    Balance At 
  Beginning     Costs And   

From 
Reserves 

End Of 
Year 

December 31, 2015 
December 31, 2014 
December 31, 2013 

  $ 

2,449   $
2,413    
2,703    

1,553   $
1,004

824    

(1,868)  $
(968)   
(1,114)   

2,134 
2,449 
2,413 

(amounts in thousands) 

4. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL 

(A) Indefinite-Lived Intangibles 

Goodwill  and  certain  intangible  assets  are  not  amortized  for  book  purposes.  They  may  be,  however, 
amortized  for  tax  purposes.  The  Company  accounts  for  its  acquired  broadcasting  licenses  as  indefinite-lived 
intangible assets and, similar to goodwill, these assets are reviewed at least annually for impairment. At the time of 
each review, if the fair value is less than the carrying value of goodwill and certain intangibles (such as broadcasting 
licenses), then a charge is recorded to the results of operations.    

The Company may only write down the carrying value of its indefinite-lived intangibles. The Company is 

not permitted to increase the carrying value if the fair value of these assets subsequently increases.  

The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  broadcasting  licenses  that  include  an  acquisition  for  multiple 
radio stations in new markets along with a related transaction that covers the exchange of certain stations in Denver 
for a station in Los Angeles (see Note 18 for further discussion): 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Broadcasting Licenses 
Carrying Amount 

  December 31, 

  December 31, 

2014 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

Beginning of period balance as of January 1, 
   Acquisition of radio stations 
   Acquisition of a radio station through an exchange 
   Acquisitions - other 
   Assets held for sale 
   Disposition of radio stations previously reflected as held for sale 
   Disposition of a radio station previously reflected as deconsolidated subsidiary 
Ending period balance 

  $

  $

718,992   $
79,209  
53,057  
100  
(1,397) 
(32,979) 
(9,601) 
807,381   $

718,542
-
-
450
-
-
-
718,992

The following table presents the changes in goodwill that include an acquisition for multiple radio stations 
in new markets along with a related transaction that covers the exchange of certain stations in Denver for a station in 
Los Angeles (see Note 18 for further discussion): 

Goodwill balance before cumulative loss 
     on impairment as of January 1, 
Accumulated loss on impairment as of January 1, 
Goodwill beginning balance after cumulative loss 
     on impairment as of January 1, 
Loss on impairment during year 
Acquisition of radio stations 
Acquisition of radio stations through an exchange 
Adjustment to acquired goodwill associated with an assumed fair value liability 
Disposition of radio stations previously reflected as assets held for sale 
Disposition of a radio station previously reflected as a deconsolidated subsidiary 
Ending period balance 

Broadcasting Licenses Impairment Test  

Goodwill Carrying Amount 

  December 31, 

December 31, 
2015 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

$ 

164,465   $ 
(125,615) 

164,465
(125,615)

38,850  
-  
5,866  
266  
(1,364) 
(10,230) 
(759) 
32,629   $ 

38,850
-
-
-
-
-
-
38,850

$ 

The Company performs its annual broadcasting license impairment test during the second quarter of each 

year by evaluating its broadcasting licenses for impairment at the market level using the direct method.   

During the second quarter for each of the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company completed its annual 
impairment test for broadcasting licenses and determined that the fair value of its broadcasting licenses was greater 
than the amount reflected in the balance sheet for each of the Company’s markets and, accordingly, no impairment 
was recorded.  For the four new markets added during the second half of 2015, similar valuation techniques that are 
used  in  the  testing  process  were  applied  to  the  valuation  of  the  broadcasting  licenses  under  purchase  price 
accounting.  

Each market’s broadcasting licenses are combined into a single unit of accounting for purposes of testing 
impairment, as the broadcasting licenses in each market are operated as a single asset. The Company determines the 
fair value of the broadcasting licenses in each of its markets by relying on a discounted cash flow approach (a 10-
year  income  model)  assuming  a  start-up  scenario  in  which  the  only  assets  held  by  an  investor  are  broadcasting 
licenses. The Company’s fair value analysis contains assumptions based upon past experience, reflects expectations 
of industry observers and includes judgments about future performance using industry normalized information for an 
average station within a certain market. These assumptions include, but are not limited to: (1) the discount rate; (2) 
the market share and profit margin of an average station within a market, based upon market size and station type; (3) 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
the forecast growth rate of each radio market; (4) the estimated capital start-up costs and losses incurred during the 
early years; (5) the likely media competition within the market area; (6) the tax rate; and (7) future terminal values.  

The  methodology  used  by  the  Company  in  determining  its  key  estimates  and  assumptions  was  applied 
consistently to each market. Of the seven variables identified above, the Company believes that the assumptions in 
items (1) through (3) above are the most important and sensitive in the determination of fair value. 

The  following  table  reflects  the  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  the  second  quarter  of  each  year  (no 

interim tests were performed in these years):  

Discount rate 
Operating profit margin ranges expected 
  for average stations in the markets 
  where the Company operates 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  

Estimates And Assumptions 

Second 
Quarter 
2015 
9.7% 

Second 
Quarter 
2014 
9.6% 

Second 
Quarter 
2013 
9.8% 

Second 
Quarter 
2012 
10.0% 

25% to 40% 25% to 40% 25% to 41% 21% to 41% 

1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 

The Company has made reasonable estimates and assumptions to calculate the fair value of its broadcasting 

licenses. These estimates and assumptions could be materially different from actual results.  

If  actual  market  conditions  are  less  favorable  than  those  projected  by  the  industry  or  the  Company,  or  if 
events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the Company’s broadcasting licenses below 
the  amount  reflected  in  the  balance  sheet,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  conduct  an  interim  test  and  possibly 
recognize impairment charges, which may be material, in future periods.   

There were no events or circumstances since the Company’s second quarter annual license impairment test 

that indicated an interim review of broadcasting licenses was required.  

Goodwill Impairment Test 

The  Company  performs  its  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  during  the  second  quarter  of  each  year  by 

evaluating its goodwill for each reporting unit.  

During the second quarter in each of the years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the results of step one indicated that it was not 
necessary to perform the second step analysis in any of the reporting units that contained goodwill. For the four new 
markets added during the second half of 2015, similar valuation techniques that are used in the testing process were 
applied to the valuation of goodwill under purchase price accounting.  

The  Company  also  performed  a  reasonableness  test  on  the  fair  value  results  for  goodwill  on  a  combined 
basis  by  comparing  the  carrying  value  of  the  Company’s  assets  to  the  Company’s  enterprise  value  based  upon  its 
stock price.  The Company determined that the results were reasonable.   

In step one of the Company’s goodwill analysis, the Company considered the results of the market approach 
and,  when  appropriate,  the  income  approach  in  computing  the  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  reporting  units.  In  the 
market  approach,  the  Company  applied  an  estimated  market  multiple  to  each  reporting  unit’s  operating  profit  to 
calculate  the  fair  value.  In  the  income  approach,  the  Company  utilized  the  discounted  cash  flow  methodology  to 
calculate  the fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit.  Management  believes  that  these  approaches  are  commonly  used  and 
appropriate  methodologies  for  valuing  broadcast  radio  stations.  Factors  contributing  to  the  determination  of  the 
reporting  unit’s  operating  performance  were  historical  performance  and/or  management’s  estimates  of  future 
performance.  

The Company has determined that a radio market is a reporting unit and the Company assesses goodwill in 
each of the Company’s markets. If the fair value of any reporting unit is less than the amount reflected on the balance 
sheet,  an  indication  exists  that  the  amount  of  goodwill  attributed  to  a  reporting  unit  may  be  impaired,  and  the 
Company  is  required  to  perform  a  second  step  of  the  impairment  test.  The  Company  uses  quantitative  rather  than 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step  goodwill  impairment  test.  In  the 
second  step,  the  Company  compares  the  amount  reflected  on  the  balance  sheet  to  the  implied  fair  value  of  the 
reporting unit’s goodwill, determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities in a 
manner similar to a purchase price allocation.   

To  determine  the  fair  value,  the  Company  uses  a  market  approach  and,  when  appropriate,  an  income 
approach in computing the fair value of each reporting unit. The market approach calculates the fair value of each 
market’s radio stations by analyzing recent sales and offering prices of similar properties expressed as a multiple of 
cash flow. The income approach utilizes a discounted cash flow method by projecting the subject property’s income 
over a specified time and capitalizing at an appropriate market rate to arrive at an indication of the most probable 
selling price.  

The  following  table  reflects  the  estimates  and  assumptions  used  in  the  second  quarter  of  each  year  (no 

interim tests were performed in these years):   

Discount rate 
Long-term revenue growth rate range 
  of the Company's markets  
Market multiple used in the market 
  valuation approach 

Estimates And Assumptions 

Second 
Quarter 
2015 
9.7% 

Second 
Quarter 
2014 
9.6% 

Second 
Quarter 
2013 
9.8% 

Second 
Quarter 
2012 
10.0% 

1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 1.5% to 2.0% 

7.5x to 8.0x

7.5x to 8.0x

7.5x to 8.0x

7.5x to 8.0x 

If  actual  market  conditions  are  less  favorable  than  those  projected  by  the  industry  or  the  Company,  or  if 
events occur or circumstances change that would reduce the fair value of the Company’s goodwill below the amount 
reflected  in  the  balance  sheet,  the  Company  may  be  required  to  conduct  an  interim  test  and  possibly  recognize 
impairment charges, which could be material, in future periods. 

There  were  no  events  or  circumstances  since  the  Company’s  second  quarter  annual  goodwill  test  that 

indicated an interim review of goodwill was required.  

(B) Definite-Lived Intangibles 

The Company has definite-lived intangible assets that consist of advertiser lists and customer relationships, 
and acquired advertising contracts. These assets are amortized over the period for which the assets are expected to 
contribute  to  the  Company’s  future  cash  flows  and  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. For 2015, 2014 and 2013, the 
Company reviewed the carrying value and the useful lives of these assets and determined they were appropriate.  

See  Note 5 for:  (1)  a  listing of  the  assets  comprising  definite-lived  assets, which  are  included  in deferred 
charges and other assets on the balance sheets; (2) the amount of amortization expense for definite-lived assets; and 
(3) the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for definite-lived assets in future periods. 

5.   

DEFERRED CHARGES AND OTHER ASSETS  

Deferred charges and other assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, consist of the following: 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred Charges And Other Assets 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

Asset  Reserve

Net 

Asset  Reserve   

Net 

(amounts in thousands) 

Period Of 
Amortization 

Deferred contracts and other 
  agreements 
Leasehold premium 
Other definitive-lived assets 
Total definite-lived intangibles 
Debt issuance costs 
Prepaid assets - long-term 
Software costs and other 

735  
861  
3,384  

$  1,788 $ 1,442 $
426  
836  
2,704  
16,457
-
4,043  
$  35,138 $ 23,204 $

  23,154
2,233
6,367  

346 $ 1,788 $ 1,374   $ 
846  
309  
833  
25  
3,467  
680  
23,154
467
5,665  

515    
833    
2,722    
13,594    
-    
3,198    

6,697
467   
2,233
2,324  
2,467   
11,934 $ 32,753 $ 19,514   $  13,239   

414  Term of contract 
331  Less than 1 year 

-  3 years 

745   

9,560  Term of debt 

The  following  table  presents  the  various  categories  of  amortization  expense,  including  deferred  financing 

expense which is reflected as interest expense:  

Amortization Expense 

  Deferred Charges And Other Assets 
  For The Years Ended December 31, 

Definite-lived assets 
Deferred financing expense 
Software costs 
Total  

  $

  $

2013 

2015 

$

2014 
(amounts in thousands) 
150
2,863  
850  
3,863   $

3,860   
899   
4,906    $

147    $

203 
3,870 
800 
4,873 

The  following  table  presents  the  Company’s  estimate  of  amortization  expense,  for  each  of  the  five 

succeeding years for: (1) deferred charges and other assets; and (2) definite-lived assets: 

Years ending December 31, 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
     Thereafter 
         Total 

Future Amortization Expense 

  Definite-Lived 

Total 

Other 
(amounts in thousands) 

Assets 

  $ 

  $ 

3,711   $
2,391    
1,585    
1,043    
70    
301    
9,101   $

3,626  
2,313    
1,511    
971    
-    
-    
8,421   $

85 
78 
74 
72 
70 
301 
680 

6.   

OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Other current liabilities consist of the following as of the periods indicated: 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Other Current Liabilities 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

Accrued compensation 
Accounts receivable credits 
Advertiser obligations 
Accrued interest payable 
Other 
Total other current liabilities 

$

$

8,865  $ 
3,575 
1,198 
3,547 
2,739 
19,924  $ 

5,783
2,398
928
2,777
1,613
13,499

7.   

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES 

Deferred Rent Liabilities 

Under the Company’s leases, the Company recognizes: (1) escalated rents, including any rent-free periods, 
on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease for those lease agreements where the Company receives the right to 
control  the  use  of  the  entire  leased  property  at  the  beginning  of  the  lease  term;  (2)  amortization  expense  over  the 
shorter of the economic lives of the leasehold assets or the lease term, excluding any lease renewals unless the lease 
renewals are reasonably assured; (3) landlord incentive payments to the Company as deferred rent that is amortized 
as  reductions  to  lease  rent  expense  over  the  lease  term;  and  (4)  rental  costs  associated  with  ground  or  building 
operating leases, that are incurred during a construction period, as rental expense.   

For  those  leasehold  improvements  acquired  in  a  business  combination  or  acquired  subsequent  to  lease 
inception, the amortization period is based on the lesser of the useful life of the leasehold improvements or the period 
of the lease including all renewal periods that are reasonably assured of exercise at the time of the acquisition.  

The following table reflects deferred rent liabilities included under other long-term liabilities: 

Deferred Rent Liabilities 
December 31,  

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

Deferred rent liabilities 

$

6,137   $

5,120 

8. 

LONG-TERM DEBT 

Long-term debt, including financing method lease obligations, was comprised of the following: 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Long-Term Debt 
December 31, 

2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

2014 

  $

26,000   $

242,750  

220,000  
488,750  
(31,832) 
(1,731) 
455,187   $

- 
262,000 

220,000 
482,000 
(3,000)
(2,071)
476,929 

670   $

620 

  $

  $

Credit Facility 
  Revolver, due November 23, 2016  
  Term B Loan, due November 23, 2018 
Senior Notes 

10.5% senior unsecured notes, due December 1, 2019 
          Total 

  Current amount of long-term debt 
  Unamortized original issue discount 
Total long-term debt 

Outstanding standby letter of credit 

(A) Senior Debt 

The Credit Facility 

As of December 31, 2015, the amount outstanding under the term loan component (the “Term B Loan”) of 
the Company’s senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) was $242.8 million and the amount outstanding 
under the revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”) of the Credit Facility was $26.0 million. The amount available 
under the Revolver, which includes the impact of outstanding letters of credit, was $13.3 million as of December 31, 
2015.  

On November 23, 2011, the Company entered into a credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders for a $425 
million  Credit  Facility  that  was  initially  comprised  of:  (a)  a  $50  million  Revolver  (reduced  to  $40  million  in 
December  2015)  that  matures  on  November  23,  2016;  and  (b)  a  $375  million  Term  B  Loan  that  matures  on 
November 23, 2018.  

The Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of 100% of the capital stock and other equity interest in all of the 
Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a lien on substantially all of the 
Company’s assets, with limited exclusions (including the Company’s real property). The assets securing the Credit 
Facility  are  subject  to  customary  release  provisions  which  would  enable  the  Company  to  sell  such  assets  free  and 
clear of encumbrance, subject to certain conditions and exceptions.  

The Term B Loan requires mandatory prepayments equal to 50% of Excess Cash Flow, as defined within 
the agreement, subject to incremental step-downs to 0%, depending on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio.  The Excess 
Cash Flow payment is due in the first quarter of each year and is based on the Excess Cash Flow and Leverage Ratio 
for the prior year. The Excess Cash Flow payment due in the first quarter of 2016, net of prepayments made through 
December  31,  2015,  is  included  under  the  current  portion  of  long-term  debt.    The  Company  expects  to  fund  the 
payment using cash from operating activities.  

Management believes that over the next 12 months the Company can continue to maintain compliance with 
its financial covenants. The Company’s operating cash flow is positive, and management believes that it is adequate 
to fund the Company’s operating needs and mandatory debt repayments under the Company’s Credit Facility.  As of 
December  31,  2015,  the  Company  is  in  compliance  with  all  financial  covenants  and  all  other  terms  of  the  Credit 
Facility  in  all  material  respects.    The  Company’s  ability  to  maintain  compliance  with  its  covenants  is  highly 
dependent on its results of operations.  

The amount outstanding under the Revolver as of December 31, 2015 was primarily used to partially fund 
an acquisition described under Note 18.  During December 2015, the Company reduced the total Revolver capacity 
from $50 million to $40 million. The Company anticipates that it will use funds from operations to fully retire the 
Revolver, which matures on November 23, 2016. Management believes that cash on hand and cash from operating 
activities  will  be  sufficient  to  permit  the  Company  to  meet  its  liquidity  requirements  over  the  next  12  months, 
including  its  debt  repayments.  The  Company  cannot  determine  if  and  when  a  new  revolving  credit  line  would  be 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
entered into to replace the Revolver when it expires as market conditions may impact the timing and the Company’s 
performance may impact the pricing. 

The Credit Facility requires the Company to maintain compliance with certain financial covenants which are 

defined terms within the agreement, including:  

 

a maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio that cannot exceed 4.75 times as of December 31, 2015 and which 
decreases to 4.5 times as of March 31, 2016 and thereafter; and  

 

a minimum Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio of 2.0 times as of December 31, 2015 and thereafter.   

As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio was 4.4 times and the Consolidated 

Interest Coverage Ratio was 3.1 times.  

The  Term  B  Loan  was  last  amended  on  December  2,  2013  which  reduced  the  interest  rates.  Under  the 
December 2, 2013 amendment of the Term B Loan and depending on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, the Company 
may  elect  an  interest  rate  per  annum  equal  to:  (1)  the  Eurodollar  London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  (“LIBOR”)  plus 
fees of 3.0%; and (2) the Base Rate plus fees of 2.0%. The Term B Loan includes a LIBOR floor of 1.0%.  

Under the Revolver and depending on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, the Company may elect an interest 
rate per annum equal to: (1) LIBOR plus fees that can range from 4.5% to 5.0%; or (2) the Base Rate plus fees that 
can range from 3.5% to 4.0%, where the Base Rate is the highest of: (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate; (b) the 
Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%; and (c) LIBOR plus 1.0%.  In addition, the Revolver requires the Company to pay a 
commitment fee of 0.5% per annum for the unused amount of the Revolver.   

Failure  to  comply  with  the  Company’s  financial  covenants  or  other  terms  of  its  Credit  Facility  and  any 
subsequent  failure  to  negotiate  and  obtain  any  required  relief  from  its  lenders  could  result  in  a  default  under  the 
Company’s Credit Facility. Any event of default could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business and 
financial condition. In addition, a default under either the Company’s Credit Facility or the indenture governing the 
Company’s  Senior  Notes  could  cause  a  cross  default  in  the  other  instrument  and  result  in  the  acceleration  of  the 
maturity of all outstanding debt.  The acceleration of the Company’s debt could have a material adverse effect on its 
business. The Company may seek from time to time to amend its Credit Facility or obtain other funding or additional 
funding, which may result in higher interest rates.  

(B) Senior Unsecured Debt 

The Senior Notes 

The  Senior  Notes  may  be  redeemed  at  any  time  on  or  after  December  1,  2015  at  a  redemption  price  of 

105.25% of the principal amount plus accrued interest.  The redemption price decreases over time.  

On  November  23,  2011,  the  Company  issued  $220.0  million  of  10.5%  unsecured  Senior  Notes  which 
mature on December 1, 2019. The Company received net proceeds of $212.7 million, which included a discount of 
$2.9  million,  and  incurred  deferred  financing  costs  of  $6.1  million.    These  amounts  are  amortized  over  the  term 
under the effective interest rate method.  Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 
and December 1 of each year.   

The Senior Notes are in minimum denominations of $2,000. The Senior Notes are unsecured and rank: (1) 
senior in right of payment to the Company’s future subordinated debt; (2) equally in right of payment with all of the 
Company’s existing and future senior debt; (3) effectively subordinated to the Company’s existing and future secured 
debt (including the debt under the Company’s Credit Facility),  to the extent of the value of the collateral securing 
such  debt;  and  (4)  structurally  subordinated  to  all  of  the  liabilities  of  the  Company’s  subsidiaries  that  do  not 
guarantee the Senior Notes, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries.  

Financial statements of the subsidiaries are not included in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X as: 
(1) Entercom  Communications Corp., after excluding all subsidiaries (the “Parent Company”), has no independent 
assets  or  operations;  (2)  Entercom  Radio,  LLC  (“Radio”)  is  a  100%  owned  finance  subsidiary  of  the  Parent 
Company;  (3)  the  Parent  Company  has  guaranteed  the  Credit  Facility  and  Senior  Notes;  (4)  all  of  the  Parent 
Company’s direct and indirect subsidiaries other than Radio have guaranteed the Credit Facility and Senior Notes; 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5) all of the guarantees are full and unconditional (subject to the customary automatic release provisions); and (6) all 
of the guarantees are joint and several.   

Radio, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Company, holds the ownership interest in various 
subsidiary companies that own the operating assets, including broadcasting licenses, permits, authorizations and cash 
royalties.  Radio is the borrower under the Credit Facility and is the issuer of the Senior Notes.  The assets securing 
both  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  Senior  Notes  are  subject  to  customary  release  provisions  which  would  enable  the 
Company to sell such assets free and clear of encumbrance, subject to certain conditions and exceptions. 

Under  certain  covenants,  the  Company’s  subsidiary  guarantors  are  restricted  from  paying  dividends  or 
distributions in excess of amounts defined under the Senior Notes, and the subsidiary guarantors are limited in their 
ability to incur additional indebtedness under certain restrictive covenants.  See Note 21 for financial statements of 
the Parent Company. 

A  default  under  the  Company’s  Senior  Notes  could  cause  a  default  under  the  Company’s  Credit  Facility. 
Any  event  of  default,  therefore,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business  and  financial 
condition. 

(C) Net Interest Expense 

The components of net interest expense are as follows: 

Net Interest Expense 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2015 

2013 

Interest expense 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Amortization of original issue discount of senior notes 
Interest income and other investment income 
          Total net interest expense 

  $

  $

34,764   $
2,863  
340  
(6) 
37,961   $

34,656   $ 
3,860  
305  
-  
38,821   $ 

40,091
3,870
274
(3)
44,232

The  weighted  average  interest  rate  under  the  Credit  Facility  (before  taking  into  account  the  fees  on  the 

unused portion of the Revolver) was: (1) 4.1% as of December 31, 2015; and (2) 4.0% as of December 31, 2014. 

(D) Interest Rate Transactions 

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no derivative interest rate transactions outstanding.  

The Company from time to time enters into interest rate transactions with different lenders to diversify its 
risk associated with interest rate fluctuations of its variable rate debt.  Under these transactions, the Company agrees 
with other parties (participating members of the Company’s Credit Facility) to exchange, at specified intervals, the 
difference  between  fixed  rate  and  floating  rate  interest  amounts  calculated  by  reference  to  an  agreed  notional 
principal amount against the variable debt.   

The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well 
as  its  risk-management  objective  and  strategy  for  undertaking  various  hedge  transactions.  This  process  includes 
ongoing effectiveness assessments by relating all derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to 
specific  assets  and  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet  or  to  specific  firm  commitments  or  forecasted  transactions.  The 
Company’s derivative activities, all of which are for purposes other than trading, are initiated within the guidelines of 
corporate risk-management policies. The Company reviews the correlation and effectiveness of its derivatives on a 
periodic basis. 

The Company’s credit exposure under these hedging agreements, or similar agreements the Company may 
enter into in the future, is the cost of replacing such agreements in the event of nonperformance by the Company’s 
counterparty. For those interest rate transactions that may be entered into with the same counterparty, the Company 
will  enter  into  a  master  netting  agreement  that  would  allow,  under  certain  circumstances,  the  Company  and  the 
counterparty to settle financial assets and liabilities on a net basis. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 (E) Aggregate Principal Maturities 

The  minimum  aggregate  principal  maturities  on  the  Company’s  outstanding  debt  (excluding  any  impact 

from required principal payments based upon the Company’s future operating performance) are as follows: 

Credit 
Facility 

Principal Debt Maturities 
Senior 
Notes 
(amounts in thousands) 

Total 

Years ending December 31:    
$ 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
     Thereafter 
         Total 

$ 

(F) Outstanding Letters Of Credit 

31,832   $
168  
236,750  
-  
-  
-  

268,750   $

-   $
-  
-  
220,000  
-  
-  

220,000   $

31,832
168
236,750
220,000
-
-
488,750

The  Company  is  required  to  maintain  standby  letters  of  credit  in  connection  with  insurance  coverage  as 

described in Note 20.   

(G) Guarantor and Non-Guarantor Financial Information 

Radio,  which  is  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  Entercom  Communications  Corp.,  holds  the  ownership 
interest in various subsidiary companies that own the operating assets, including broadcasting licenses, permits and 
authorizations.  Radio (1) is the borrower under the Credit Facility, as described in Note 8(A); and (2) is the issuer of 
the Senior Notes, as described in Note 8(B).  As of December 31, 2015, Entercom Communications Corp. and each 
direct and indirect subsidiary of Radio is a guarantor of Radio’s obligations under both the Credit Facility and the 
Senior Notes.  

Separate condensed consolidating financial information is not included as Entercom Communications Corp. 
does  not  have  independent  assets  or  operations,  Radio  is  a  100%  owned  finance  subsidiary  of  Entercom 
Communications  Corp.,  and  all  guarantees  by  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  its  guarantor  subsidiaries  are 
full, unconditional (subject to the customary automatic release provisions), joint and several under its Credit Facility 
and are full, unconditional, joint and several under its Senior Notes. 

Under the Credit Facility, Radio is permitted to make distributions to Entercom Communications Corp. in 
amounts  as  defined,  which  are  required  to  pay  Entercom  Communications  Corp.’s  reasonable  overhead  costs, 
including income taxes and other costs associated with conducting the operations of Radio and its subsidiaries.  

Under  the  indenture  governing  the  Senior  Notes,  Radio  is  permitted  to  make  distributions  to  Entercom 
Communications Corp. in amounts, as defined, that are required to pay Entercom Communications Corp’s overhead 
costs and other costs associated with conducting the operations of Radio and its subsidiaries.   

9. 

   PERPETUAL CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK 

In  connection  with  an  acquisition  on  July  16,  2015  as  described  in  Note  18,  Business  Combinations,  the 
Company issued perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock (“Preferred”) that ranks senior to common stock in 
its capital structure. The payment of dividends on the Preferred and the repayment of the liquidation preference of the 
Preferred will take preference over any dividends or other payments to the Company’s common shareholders. The 
Preferred  is  convertible  by  the  holder  into  a  fixed  number  of  1.9  million  shares  at  a  price  of  $14.35,  subject  to 
customary anti-dilution provisions after a three-year waiting period.  At certain times (including during the first three 
years after issuance), the Company can redeem the Preferred in cash at a price of 100%. The dividend rate on the 
Preferred  increases  over  time  from  6%  to  12%.  Due  to  the  legal  obligation  to  pay  cumulative  dividends  as  a 
liquidation preference, the dividends are accrued as they are earned instead of when they are declared. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company reflected the Preferred as mezzanine due to a change in control contingency provision that 
provides the holder with a redeemable feature. For accounting purposes, the Preferred is not considered mandatorily 
redeemable at the holder’s option until the contingency is met.  

The Company incurred issuance costs, which are recorded as a reduction of the Preferred.  The following 

table reflects the Preferred shares authorized, issued and outstanding: 

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock $0.01 par value 

Shares issued and outstanding 

  Aggregate liquidation preference 
    Less stock issuance costs 
    Plus accrued dividend as of the end of period 

  Net carrying value 

10. 

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Class B Common Stock 

  December 31, 

    December 31, 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands, except 
shares) 

11  

27,500   $ 
(220) 
339  
27,619   $ 

$

$

-

-
-
-
-

Shares of Class B common stock are transferable only to Joseph M. Field, David J. Field, certain of their 
family members, their estates and trusts for any of their benefit. Upon any other transfer, shares of Class B common 
stock automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. 

Dividends  

The  Company  does  not  currently  pay,  and  has  not  paid,  dividends  on  its  common  stock  since  2008.  Any 
future dividends will be at the discretion of the Board of Directors based upon the relevant factors at the time of such 
consideration,  including,  without  limitation,  compliance  with  the  restrictions  set  forth  in  the  Credit  Facility,  the 
indenture  governing  the  Senior  Notes  and  the  Preferred.  The  payment  of  dividends  on  the  Preferred  and  the 
repayment of the liquidation preference of the Preferred will take preference over any dividends or other payments to 
the Company’s common stockholders.   

Under  the  Credit  Facility,  the  Company  has  $40  million  available  for  dividends,  share  repurchases, 
investments and debt repurchases, which can be used when its pro forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or 
equal to the maximum Leverage Ratio permitted at the time. The amount available can increase over time based upon 
the Company’s financial performance and used when its pro forma Consolidated Leverage Ratio is less than or equal 
to the maximum Leverage Ratio permitted at the time.  There are certain other limitations that apply to its use. 

The following table presents a summary of the Company’s dividend activity as of December 31, 2015: 

Equity Type 
Perpetual convertible cumulative     
   preferred stock 

Record 
Date 

Payment 
Date 

Dividends 
Per Share 

    Aggregate
    Payment 
    Amount 

  October 15, 2015 

October 16, 2015  $

 37,500.00     $ 

412,500

Dividend Equivalents 

The Company’s grants of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) include the right, upon vesting, to receive a cash 
payment  equal  to  the  aggregate  amount  of  dividends,  if  any,  that  holders  would  have  received  on  the  shares  of 
common stock underlying their RSUs if such RSUs had been vested during the period.   

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the amounts accrued and unpaid on unvested RSUs: 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

  Dividend Equivalent Liabilities 

December 31, 

2015 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

Long-term 

  Other long-term liabilities 

  $

210   $

216

Deemed Stock Repurchase When RSUs Vest 

Upon  vesting  of  RSUs,  a  tax  obligation  is  created  for  both  the  employer  and  the  employee.  Unless 
employees  elect  to  pay  their  tax  withholding  obligations  in  cash,  the  Company  withholds  shares  of  stock  in  an 
amount  sufficient  to  cover  their  tax  withholding  obligations.    The  withholding  of  these  shares  by  the  Company  is 
deemed to be a repurchase of its stock. 

The following table provides summary information on the deemed repurchase of vested RSUs:  

Shares of stock deemed repurchased 
Amount recorded as financing activity 

$

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 
132    
$

142    
$

1,514

1,562

2013 

186 
1,640 

11. 

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE 

Net income per common share is calculated as basic net income per share and diluted net income per share. 
Basic  net  income  per  share  excludes  dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  available  to  common 
shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net income per 
share  is  computed  in  the  same  manner  as  basic  net  income  after  assuming  issuance  of  common  stock  for  all 
potentially  dilutive  equivalent  shares,  which  includes  the  potential  dilution  that  could  occur:  (1)  if  the  RSUs  with 
service conditions were fully vested (using the treasury stock method); (2) if all of the Company’s outstanding stock 
options  that  are  in-the-money  were  exercised  (using  the  treasury  stock  method);  (3)  if  the  RSUs  with  service  and 
market conditions were considered contingently issuable; (4) if the RSUs with service and performance conditions 
were considered contingently issuable; and (5) if the perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock was converted 
(using the as if converted method). 

The Company considered the allocation of undistributed net income for multiple classes of common stock 
and  determined  that  it  was  appropriate  to  allocate  undistributed  net  income  between  the  Company’s  Class  A  and 
Class  B  common  stock  on  an  equal  basis.    For  purposes  of  making  this  determination,  the  Company’s  charter 
provides that the holders of Class A and Class B common stock have equal rights and privileges except with respect 
to voting on most matters voted by Joseph Field or David Field. 

The following tables present the computations of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share: 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic Income (Loss) Per Share 

Numerator 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Preferred stock dividends 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Denominator 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Basic net income (loss) per share available 
     to common shareholders 

Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share 

Numerator 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Preferred stock dividends 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Denominator 

Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Effect of RSUs and options under the treasury stock method 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted net income (loss) per share available
     to common shareholders 

Incremental Shares Disclosed As Anti-Dilutive 

2015 

Year Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands, except share and per 
share data) 

2013 

$

$

$

$

$

29,184   $ 
752    
28,432   $ 

26,823   $
-    
26,823   $

26,024
-
26,024

38,083,647  

  37,763,353  

37,417,807

0.75   $ 

0.71   $

0.70

29,184   $ 
752    
28,432   $ 

26,823   $

-  

26,823   $

26,024
-
26,024

38,083,647  

  37,763,353  

953,976    

900,713    

39,037,623  

  38,664,066  

37,417,807
883,688
  38,301,495

$

0.73   $ 

0.69   $

0.68

The following table provides the incremental shares excluded as they were anti-dilutive:   

Impact Of Equity Awards 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)

2015 

2013 

Dilutive or anti-dilutive for all potentially 
dilutive equivalent shares 
Excluded shares as anti-dilutive under the treasury 
stock method: 
  Options excluded 
  Price range of options excluded: from 
  Price range of options excluded: to 
  RSUs with service conditions 
Excluded RSUs with service and market conditions
  as market conditions not met 
Excluded RSUs with service and performance
  conditions until performance criteria is probable 
Excluded preferred stock as anti-dilutive under the as if method

12. 

TOWER SALE AND LEASEBACK 

dilutive 

dilutive 

dilutive 

$
$

14
11.24
11.78
8

$
$

30     
10.11   $ 
33.90   $ 
1  

165    

193    

29    
882

11    
-    

37
10.52
48.21
4

-

-
-

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company: (1) recorded current and deferred gains of $1.6 million 
and $9.9 million, respectively, from the sale of certain towers; and (2) applied sale and leaseback accounting to the 
leases  that  the  Company  had  entered  into  for  radio  station  space  on  these  same  towers.  All  of  the  leases  were 
accounted for as operating leases. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
     
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
The  current  gain  was  included  in  2013  in  the  statement  of  operations  under  net  (gain)  loss  on  sale  or 
disposal  of  assets.  The  deferred  gain  is  amortized  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  16.5  year  life  of  the  leases  and 
during this period the gain will be reflected as a net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets.   

Minimum rental commitments at December 31, 2015 for these non-cancellable leases are included within 

the operating lease commitment table under Note 20. 

13. 

SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION 

 Equity Compensation Plan 

Under  the  Entercom  Equity  Compensation  Plan  (the  “Plan”),  the  Company  is  authorized  to  issue  share-
based  compensation  awards  to  key  employees,  directors  and  consultants.    The  RSUs  and  options  that  have  been 
issued  generally  vest  over  periods  of  up  to  four  years.  The  options  expire  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant.  The 
Company issues new shares of Class A common stock upon the exercise of stock options and the later of vesting or 
issuance of RSUs.   

On  January  1  of  each  year,  the  number  of  shares  of  Class  A  common  stock  authorized  under  the  Plan  is 
automatically  increased  by  1.5  million,  or  a  lesser  number  as  may  be  determined  by  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors. The Board of Directors elected to forego the January 1, 2015 and January 1, 2016 increase in the shares 
available for grant. As of December 31, 2015, the shares available for grant were 2.5 million shares.  

The  Plan  includes  certain  performance  criteria  for  purposes  of  satisfying  expense  deduction  requirements 

for income tax purposes.   

Accounting For Share-Based Compensation 

The  measurement  and  recognition  of  compensation  expense,  for  all  share-based  payment  awards  made  to 
employees and directors, is based on estimated fair values. The fair value is determined at the time of grant: (1) using 
the Company’s stock price for RSUs; and (2) using the Black Scholes model for options.  The value of the portion of 
the  award  that  is  ultimately  expected  to  vest  is  recognized  as  expense  over  the  requisite  service  periods  in  the 
Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  operations.    Estimated  forfeitures  are  revised,  if  necessary,  in  subsequent 
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.   

RSU Activity 

The following is a summary of the changes in RSUs under the Plan during the current period: 

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number 
Of 

    Restricted  

Stock 
Units 

Weighted 
Average 
Purchase 
Price 

Aggregate 
  Weighted 
Intrinsic 
  Average 
  Remaining 
Value As Of 
  Contractual  December 31, 
  Term (Years)

2015 

-

-

-

1.1 $

18,051,233

1.0 $

16,242,396

- $

923,663

RSUs outstanding as of:  
RSUs awarded 
RSUs released 
RSUs forfeited 
RSUs outstanding as of:  
RSUs vested and expected 
      to vest as of: 
RSUs exercisable (vested and  
      deferred) as of: 
Weighted average remaining  
      recognition period in years 
Unamortized compensation  
      expense, net of estimated 
      forfeitures 

Period Ended 

December 31, 2014 

December 31, 2015 

1,258,685  
795,693  
(406,463)  
(57,498)  
1,590,417 $

December 31, 2015 

1,512,428 $

December 31, 2015 

81,380 $

1.8  

  $

7,988,821  

The following table presents additional information on RSU activity: 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount    Shares    Amount 
(amounts in thousands, except per share) 

2013 

RSUs issued 
RSUs forfeited - service based 
RSUs forfeited - market based 
Net RSUs issued and increase 
   (decrease) to paid-in capital 
Weighted average grant date 
   fair value per share 
Fair value of shares vested per share 
RSUs vested and released 

796   $
(58) 
-  

9,045  
(709) 
-  

685   $
(47) 
-  

5,754  
(727) 
-  

361   $  2,906
(64) 
(685)
(2,110)
(200) 

738   $

8,336  

638   $

5,027  

97   $ 

111

  $  11.36    
  $  11.85
406

  $
$

8.40    

10.58
410

  $ 
$ 

8.05    
8.76    
547    

RSUs With Service And Market Conditions  

The Company issued RSUs with service and market conditions that are included in the table above. These 
shares vest if: (1) the Company’s stock achieves certain shareholder performance targets over a defined measurement 
period; and (2) the employee fulfills a minimum service period. The compensation expense is recognized even if the 
market  conditions  are  not  satisfied  and  are  only  reversed  in  the  event  the  service  period  is  not  met,  as  all  of  the 
conditions need to be satisfied.  These RSUs are amortized over the longest of the explicit, implicit or derived service 
periods, which range from one to two years.  

The following table presents the changes in outstanding RSUs with market conditions:  

68 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
     
   
 
     
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

Reconciliation Of RSUs With Market Conditions 
  Beginning of period balance 
  Number of RSUs granted 
  Number of RSUs forfeited  
  Number of RSUs vested 
  End of period balance 
  Average fair value of RSUs issued with market 
     conditions 

290  
165  
-  
(65) 
390    

-  
290  
-  
-  
290    

  $

8.39   $

6.90   $

200
-
(200)
-
-

-

The fair value of RSUs with service conditions is estimated using the Company’s closing stock price on the 
date of the grant. To determine the fair value of RSUs with service and  market conditions, the Company used the 
Monte Carlo simulation lattice model. The Company’s determination of the fair value was based on the number of 
shares granted, the Company’s stock price on the date of grant and certain assumptions regarding a number of highly 
complex and subjective variables. If other reasonable assumptions were used, the results could differ.  

The specific assumptions used for these valuations are as follows:  

Years Ended 
December 31, 

2015 

2014 

Expected Volatility Structure (1) 
Risk Free Interest Rate (2) 
Dividend Yield (3) 

34% to 39% 

33% to 42% 

0.1% to 1.1% 

0.1% to 0.4% 

0.0% 

0.0% 

(1)  Expected  Volatility  Term  Structure  -  The  Company  estimated  the  volatility  term  structure  using:  (1)  the 
historical  volatility  of  its  stock;  and  (2)  the  implied  volatility  provided  by  its  traded  options  from  a  trailing 
month’s average of the closing bid-ask price quotes. 

(2)  Risk-Free  Interest  Rate  -  The  Company  estimated  the  risk-free  interest  rate  based  upon  the  implied  yield 

available on U.S. Treasury issues using the Treasury bond rate as of the date of grant. 

(3)  Dividend Yield - The Company calculated the dividend yield at the time of grant based upon the Company’s 

most recent history of not paying a dividend on its common stock.  

RSUs With Service And Performance Conditions 

In addition to the RSUs included in the table above summarizing the activity in RSUs under the Plan, the 
Company issued RSUs with both service and performance conditions. Vesting of performance-based awards, if any, 
is dependent upon the achievement of certain performance targets.  If the performance standards are not achieved, all 
unvested shares will expire and any accrued expense will be reversed. The Company determines the requisite service 
period on a case-by-case basis to determine the expense recognition period for non-vested performance based RSUs. 
The fair value is determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.  The 
Company  applies  a  quarterly  probability  assessment  in  computing  its  non-cash  compensation  expense  and  any 
change in the estimate is reflected as a cumulative adjustment to expense in the quarter of the change.  

The following table reflects the activity of RSUs with service and performance conditions: 

69 

 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2015 

2013 

Reconciliation Of RSUs With Performance 
  Beginning of period balance 
  Number of RSUs granted 
  Number of RSUs that did not meet criteria 
  Number of RSUs vested 
  End of period balance 
  Average fair value of RSUs issued with performance
     conditions 

8  
21  
-  
-  
29    

-  
11  
(3) 
-  
8    

  $

11.11   $

9.60   $ 

-
-
-
-
-

-

As of December 31, 2015, no non-cash compensation expense was accrued. 

Option Activity 

The following table presents the option activity during the current year ended under the Plan: 

Period Ended 

Number Of
Options 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  Weighted 
  Average 
  Remaining 
  Contractual December 31,
 Term (Years)

Intrinsic 
Value 
As Of  

2015 

December 31, 2014 

Options outstanding as of: 
Options granted 
Options exercised 
Options forfeited 
Options expired 
Options outstanding as of: 
Options vested and expected to  
     vest as of: 
December 31, 2015 
Options vested and exercisable as of:  December 31, 2015
Weighted average remaining 
     recognition period in years 
Unamortized compensation expense,  
     net of estimated forfeitures 

December 31, 2015 

2.11    
-    
3.02    
8.72    
13.63    
1.93  

1.93  
1.93  

486,675 $

-

(11,750)  
(3,750)  
(4,250)  
466,925 $

466,925 $
466,925 $

-  

$

10,307  

3.1 $

4,401,204

3.1 $
3.1 $

4,401,204
4,401,204

The following table summarizes significant ranges of outstanding and exercisable options as of the current 

period: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range Of 
Exercise Prices 

  Number Of  Weighted  
  Options 
  Outstanding Remaining 
  December 31, Contractual 

Average 

From 

To 

2015 

Life 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

  Number Of        
Options 
  Exercisable    
  December 31,  

2015 

  Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

$ 
$ 
$ 

1.34   $ 
2.02   $ 
1.34   $ 

1.34  
11.78  
11.78  

432,925  
34,000  
466,925  

3.1   $
2.7   $
3.1   $

1.34  
9.50  
1.93  

432,925   $ 
34,000   $ 
466,925   $ 

1.34
9.50
1.93

The following table provides summary information on the granting and vesting of options: 

70 

 
   
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Option Issuance And Exercise Data 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands except for per share and years) 
To 

  From   

2013 

To 

To 

From 

Exercise price range of options issued 
Upon vesting, period to exercise in years   
Fair value per share upon grant 
Fair value per share upon exercise 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Tax benefit from options exercised (1) 
Cash received from exercise price of 
  options exercised 
Number of options granted 

  $

  $
  $
  $
  $

  $

-   $
-
-
8.57
101
38  

35  
-

-   $
-

$
$
$
  $

  $

-   $
-
-
8.99
517
196  

82  
-

8.72
10

  From   
-   $  8.72   $ 
1     
-
$  6.07      
$  7.15      
$  1,228     
466     

  $ 

  $ 

245     
5      

(1)  Amount excludes impact from suspended income tax benefits and/or valuation allowances. 

Valuation Of Options  

The Company estimates the fair value of option awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model.  
The Company used the straight-line single option method for recognizing compensation expense, which was reduced 
for  estimated  forfeitures  based  on  awards  ultimately  expected  to  vest.    The  Company’s  determination  of  the  fair 
value  of  share-based  payment  awards  on  the  date  of  grant  using  an  option-pricing  model  is  affected  by  the 
Company’s  stock  price,  as  well  as  assumptions  regarding  a  number  of  highly  complex  and  subjective  variables. 
These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company’s expected stock price volatility over the term of the 
awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.  Option-pricing models were developed 
for  use  in  estimating  the  value  of  traded  options  that  have  no  vesting  or  hedging  restrictions  and  are  fully 
transferable.  The  Company’s  stock  options  have  certain  characteristics  that  are  different  from  traded  options,  and 
changes in the subjective assumptions could affect the estimated value.   

For  options  granted,  the  Company  used  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  and  determined:  (1)  the 
term by using the simplified plain-vanilla method as the Company’s employee exercise history may not be indicative 
for estimating future exercises; (2) a historical volatility over a period commensurate with the expected term, with 
the  observation  of  the volatility  on  a  daily  basis;  (3)  a  risk-free  interest  rate  that  was  consistent  with  the  expected 
term of the stock options and based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant; and (4) an 
annual dividend yield based upon the Company’s most recent quarterly dividend at the time of grant.   

The following table presents the range of the assumptions used to determine the fair value: 

Option Valuation Estimates 
Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

Expected life (years) 
Expected volatility factor (%) 
Risk-free interest rate (%) 
Expected dividend yield (%) 

no options 
issued 

no options 
issued 

6.3
78.8
2.0
-

Recognized Non-Cash Stock-Based Compensation Expense 

The  following  non-cash  stock-based  compensation  expense,  which  is  comprised  primarily  of  RSUs,  is 

included in each of the respective line items in our statement of operations:  

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

Station operating expenses 
Corporate general and administrative expenses 
Stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses 
Income tax benefit (1) 
Net stock-based compensation expense 

  $

  $

1,259   $ 
4,265  
5,524  
2,036  
3,488   $ 

919   $

4,313  
5,232  
1,502  
3,730   $

766
3,504
4,270
1,080
3,190

(1)  Amount excludes impact from suspended income tax benefits and/or valuation allowances. 

14. 

INCOME TAXES 

Effective Tax Rate - Overview 

The Company’s effective income tax rate may be impacted by: (1) changes in the level of income in any of 
the  Company’s  taxing  jurisdictions;  (2)  changes  in  the  statutes  and  rules  applicable  to  taxable  income  in  the 
jurisdictions in which the Company operates; (3) changes in the expected outcome of income tax audits; (4) changes 
in  the  estimate  of  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax  purposes;  (5)  income  taxes  in  certain  states  where  the 
states’  current  taxable  income  is  dependent  on factors other  than  the  Company’s  consolidated  net  income;  and  (6) 
adding facilities in states that on average have different income tax rates from states in which the Company currently 
operates and the resulting effect on previously reported temporary differences between the tax and financial reporting 
bases  of  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities.  The  Company’s  annual  effective  tax  rate  may  also  be  materially 
impacted  by  tax  expense  associated  with  non-amortizable  assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill  and 
changes in the deferred tax valuation allowance. 

An impairment loss for financial statement purposes will result in an income tax benefit during the period 

incurred as the amortization of broadcasting licenses and goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes. 

Expected And Reported Income Taxes (Benefit) 

Income tax expense (benefit) computed using the United States federal statutory rates is reconciled to the 

reported income tax expense (benefit) as follows:  

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

Federal statutory income tax rate  

35% 

35% 

35%

Computed tax expense at federal statutory rates on income 
    before income taxes  
State income tax expense, net of federal benefit 
Non-recognition of expense due to full valuation allowance 
Tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards 
Nondeductible expenses and other 
Income taxes 

  $

$

16,667   $
1,333  
(244) 
12  
669  
18,437   $

16,357   $
2,491  
-  
62  
1,001  
19,911   $

16,975
3,399
54
997
1,051
22,476

For 2015 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  38.7%.    This  rate  was  higher  than  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% 

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
     
   
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
primarily  due  to  the  combination  of:  (1)  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  an  adjustment  for  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax 
purposes; and (3) a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.   

The income tax rate has been trending down as expenses not deductible for tax purposes have decreased due 
to the issuance to senior management of a higher percentage of awards that were market based.  Effective during the 
second  half  of  2015,  the  estimated  annual  income  tax  rate  increased  due  to  the  impact  of  acquisitions  on  the 
Company’s state income apportionments to states with higher income tax rates. This increase was offset by a discrete 
state  income  tax  credit  due  to  recent  legislation  that  allowed  for  the  release  of  a  partial  valuation  allowance  in  a 
certain single member state.   

For 2014 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  42.6%.    This  rate  was  higher  than  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% 
primarily  due  to  the  combination  of:  (1)  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  an  adjustment  for  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax 
purposes; and (3) a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards.  In addition, the Company recorded a 
discrete tax benefit from legislatively reduced income tax rates in certain states.  

For 2013 

The  effective  income  tax  rate  was  46.3%.    This  rate  was  higher  than  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35% 
primarily  due  to  the  combination  of:  (1)  an  increase  in  net  deferred  tax  liabilities  associated  with  non-amortizable 
assets  such  as  broadcasting  licenses  and  goodwill;  (2)  an  adjustment  for  expenses  that  are  not  deductible  for  tax 
purposes; and (3) a tax benefit shortfall associated with share-based awards. 

Income Tax Expense 

Income tax expense (benefit) for each year is summarized as follows:  

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

  Current: 

  Federal 
   State 

  Total current 

  Deferred: 
   Federal 
  State 

  Total deferred  

  $

25   $
90  
115  

-   $ 

100  
100  

- 
54 
54 

17,042  
1,280  
18,322  

17,373  
2,438  
19,811  

19,051 
3,371 
22,422 

Total income taxes (benefit)  

  $

18,437   $

19,911   $ 

22,476 

Deferred Tax Assets And Deferred Tax Liabilities 

The income tax accounting process to determine the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities involves 
estimating  all  temporary  differences  between  the  tax  and  financial  reporting  bases  of  the  Company’s  assets  and 
liabilities based on tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the period in which the differences are expected to 
affect taxable income. These estimates include assessing the likely future tax consequences of events that have been 
recognized  in  the  Company’s  financial  statements  or  tax  returns.    Changes  to  these  estimates  could  have  a  future 
impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations. 

The tax effects of significant temporary differences that comprise the net deferred tax assets and liabilities 

are as follows: 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets:  

Employee benefits 
Deferred compensation 
Provision for doubtful accounts 
Deferred gain on tower transaction 
Other 
Total current deferred tax assets before valuation allowance 
Valuation allowance 
Total current deferred tax assets - net 
Federal and state income tax loss carryforwards 
Share-based compensation 
Investments - impairments 
Lease rental obligations 
Deferred compensation  
Deferred gain on tower transaction 
Other non-current 
Total non-current deferred tax assets before valuation allowance 
Valuation allowance 
Total non-current deferred tax assets - net 
Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Advertiser broadcasting obligations 
Total current deferred tax liabilities 
Deferral of gain recognition on the extinguishment of debt 
Property, equipment and certain intangibles (other  
than broadcasting licenses and goodwill) 

Broadcasting licenses and goodwill 
Total non-current deferred tax liabilities 
Total deferred tax liabilities 

Total net deferred tax liabilities 

Valuation Allowance For Deferred Tax Assets 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

783   $ 
988  
835  
235  
987  
3,828  
(231) 
3,597  
129,944  
3,218  
499  
3,440  
3,968  
3,039  
1,014  
145,122  
(20,407) 
124,715  
128,312   $ 

678
588
959
236
505
2,966
(620)
2,346
130,074
2,648
498
2,289
4,322
3,281
1,154
144,266
(20,146)
124,120
126,466

(133)  $ 
(133) 
(4,568) 

(98)
(98)
(6,119)

4,804  
(206,594) 
(206,358) 
(206,491)  $ 

5,579
(187,050)
(187,590)
(187,688)

(78,179)  $ 

(61,222)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

Judgment  is  required  in  estimating  valuation  allowances  for  deferred  tax  assets.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 
reduced by a valuation allowance if an assessment of their components indicates that it is more likely than not that all 
or some portion of these assets will not be realized. The realization of a deferred tax asset ultimately depends on the 
existence of sufficient taxable income in the carryforward periods under tax law. The Company periodically assesses 
the need for valuation allowances for deferred tax assets based on more-likely-than-not realization threshold criteria. 
In the Company’s assessment, appropriate consideration is given to all positive and negative evidence related to the 
realization  of  the  deferred  tax  assets.  This  assessment  considers,  among  other  matters,  forecasts  of  future 
profitability,  the  duration  of  statutory  carryforward  periods  and  any  ownership  change  limitations  under  Internal 
Revenue Code Section 382 on the Company’s future income that can be used to offset historic losses. 

As changes occur in the Company’s assessments regarding its ability to recover its deferred tax assets, the 
Company’s  tax  provision  is  increased  in  any  period  in  which  the  Company  determines  that  the  recovery  is  not 
probable. 

The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  the  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  for  the  periods 

indicated:  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase 
(Decrease)  
Charged   

Increase 
(Decrease)  
Charged   
  (Credited)      
To  

  (Credited)
  To Income  
Taxes 
(Benefit) 
(amounts in thousands) 

  Balance 

Sheet 

  Balance At

End Of 
Year 

  Balance At 
  Beginning    
Of Year 

Year Ended 

December 31, 2015  $ 
December 31, 2014 
December 31, 2013 

20,766 
20,238 
18,333 

  $

(165)  $
528  
1,905    

37   $
-    
-    

20,638
20,766
20,238

Liabilities For Uncertain Tax Positions 

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on whether evidence indicates that it is 
more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit.  It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate 
such amounts, as this requires the Company to estimate the probability of various possible outcomes.  The Company 
reevaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. Changes in assumptions may result in the recognition 
of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision. 

The  Company  classifies  interest  and  penalties  that  are  related  to  income  tax  liabilities  as  a  component  of 
income  tax  expense.  The  income  tax  liabilities  and  accrued  interest  and  penalties  are  presented  as  non-current 
liabilities, as payments are not anticipated within one year of the balance sheet date. These non-current income tax 
liabilities are recorded in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The Company’s liabilities for uncertain tax positions are reflected in the following table: 

December 31, 

2014 
2015 
(amounts in thousands) 

Liabilities for uncertain tax positions 
  Tax 
  Interest and penalties 
  Total 

  $ 

  $ 

67   $
170  
237   $

67
150
217

The amounts for interest and penalties expense reflected in the statements of operations were eliminated in 
the statements of cash flows under net deferred taxes (benefit) and other as no cash payments were made during these 
periods.  

The following table presents the expense (income) for uncertain tax positions, which amounts were reflected 

in the consolidated statements of operations as an increase (decrease) to income tax expense: 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

Interest and penalties (income)   
Total income taxes (benefit)  
   from uncertain tax positions 

  $ 

20  

18  

20   $

18   $

11

11

The  increase  in  liabilities  for  uncertain  tax  positions  for  2015  primarily  reflects  the  addition  of  interest 

related to existing uncertain tax positions.   

The following table presents the gross amount of changes in unrecognized tax benefits: 

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

Beginning of year balance 
Prior year positions 
  Gross Increases 
  Gross Decreases 
Current year positions 
  Gross Increases 
  Gross Decreases 
Settlements with tax authorities 
Reductions due to statute lapse 
End of year balance 

  $

(7,690)  $

(7,690)  $

(7,690)

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
-  
-  

  $

(7,690)  $

(7,690)  $

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
(7,690)

Ending liability balance included above that was 
reflected as an offset to deferred tax assets 

  $

(7,623)  $

(7,623)  $

(7,623)

The  gross  amount  of  the  Company’s  unrecognized  tax  benefits  is  reflected  in  the  above  table  which,  if 
recognized, would impact the Company’s effective income tax rate in the period of recognition. The total amount of 
unrecognized tax benefits could increase or decrease within the next 12 months for a number of reasons including the 
expiration of statutes of limitations, audit settlements and tax examination activities.  

As of December 31, 2015, there were no significant unrecognized net tax benefits (exclusive of interest and 
penalties)  that over  the next 12  months  are  subject  to  the  expiration of various  statutes  of  limitation.    Interest  and 
penalties accrued on uncertain tax positions are released upon the expiration of statutes of limitations.   

Federal And State Income Tax Audits 

The  Company  is  subject  to  federal  and  state  income  tax  audits  from  time  to  time  that  could  result  in 
proposed assessments.  Management believes that the Company has  made sufficient tax provisions for tax periods 
that are within the statutory period of limitations not previously audited and that are potentially open for examination 
by  the  taxing authorities.  Potential  liabilities  associated with  these  years  will  be resolved when  an event occurs  to 
warrant closure, primarily through the completion of audits by the taxing jurisdictions, or if the statute of limitations 
expires. To the extent audits or other events result in a material adjustment to the accrued estimates, the effect would 
be  recognized  during  the  period  of  the  event.  There  can  be  no  assurance,  however,  that  the  ultimate  outcome  of 
audits  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  the  Company’s  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash 
flows.  

The  Company  cannot  predict  with  certainty  how  these  audits  will  be  resolved  and  whether  the  Company 
will  be  required  to  make  additional  tax  payments,  which  may  include  penalties  and  interest.  During  2010,  the 
Company concluded an audit by the IRS with no proposed adjustment for the tax years of 2004 through 2008.  For 
most states where the Company conducts business, the Company is subject to examination for the preceding three to 
six years. In certain states, the period could be longer.  

Income Tax Payments, Refunds And Credits 

The Company accrued a $0.1 million Alternative Minimum Tax (“AMT”) associated with expected income 
subject  to  tax  for  2015,  before  the  offset  of  available  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  (“NOLs”).  The  AMT  is 
available to be carried forward indefinitely to be used as a credit to offset future income tax liabilities. 

The  following  table  provides  the  amount  of  income  tax  payments  and  income  tax  refunds for  the periods 

indicated: 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

State income tax payments 
Federal and state income tax refunds 

  $
$

81   $
$
-

79   $
$
10

69
5

Net Operating Loss Carryforwards 

The  Company  has recorded a  valuation  allowance for  certain  of its  state  NOLs  as  the  Company  does  not 
expect to obtain a benefit in future periods. In addition, utilization in future years of the NOL carryforwards may be 
subject to limitations due to the changes in ownership provisions under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code 
and similar state provisions.   

Windfall  tax  benefits  will  be  recognized  for  book  purposes  and  recorded  to  paid-in  capital  only  when 
realized.  The  Company  does  not  recognize  a  deferred  tax  asset  for  unrealized  tax  benefits  associated  with  the  tax 
deductions in excess of the compensation recorded (excess tax benefit). The Company applies the “with and without” 
approach for utilization of tax attributes upon realization of NOLs in the future. This method allocates stock-based 
compensation benefits last among other tax benefits recognized.   

The  NOLs  reflected  in  the  following  table  exclude  these  windfall  stock  compensation  deductions.    In 
addition, the NOLs reflect an estimate of the NOLs for the 2015 tax filing year as these returns will not be filed until 
later in 2016: 

Net Operating Losses 
December 31, 2015 

Suspended   
NOLs 
Windfall 
(amounts in thousands) 

  NOL Expiration Period 

(in years) 

Federal NOL carryforwards 
State NOL carryforwards 
State income tax credit 

  $
  $
  $

292,800   $
614,834
$
1,248

10,799  
8,806

2030 
2016

to 
to 
to 

2035 
2034 
2018 

15. 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURES ON NON-CASH INVESTING AND 

The following table provides non-cash disclosures during the periods indicated: 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Activities 
  Barter revenues 
  Barter expenses 
Financing Activities 

Increase in paid-in capital from the issuance of RSUs 
  Decrease in paid-in capital from the forfeiture of RSUs 
  Net paid-in capital of RSUs issued (forfeited) 

Perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock issued
    in connection with an acquisition 

  Dividend accrued on perpetual cumulative convertible preferred stock
  Retirement of finance method lease obligations and other
Investing Activities 
  Net radio station assets given up in a market 
  Net radio station assets acquired in a market
  Radio station assets acquired through the issuance of perpetual

   cumulative convertible preferred stock 

16. 

EMPLOYEE SAVINGS AND BENEFIT PLANS  

Deferred Compensation Plans 

  $
$

  $

  $

  $
$
$

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

4,002   $ 
$ 
4,258

3,826   $
3,665   $

3,821
3,766

9,045   $ 
(709) 
8,336   $ 

5,754   $
(727) 
5,027   $

2,906
(2,795)
111

27,500   $ 
$ 
339
$ 
-

  $ 
$ 

59,000   $ 
$ 
59,000

  $

27,500   $ 

-   $
-   $
-   $

-   $
-   $

-   $

-
-
12,679

-
-

-

The Company provides certain of its employees and the Board of Directors with an opportunity to defer a 
portion of their compensation on a tax-favored basis. The obligations by the Company to pay these benefits under the 
deferred  compensation  plans  represent  unsecured  general  obligations  that  rank  equally  with  the  Company’s  other 
unsecured  indebtedness.  Amounts  deferred  under  these  plans  were  included  in  other  long-term  liabilities  in  the 
consolidated  balance  sheets.  Any  change  in  the  deferred  compensation  liability  for  each  period  is  recorded  to 
corporate general and administrative expenses and to station operating expenses in the statement of operations.  

Benefit Plan Disclosures 

Deferred compensation 
  Beginning of period balance 
  Employee compensation deferrals  
  Employee compensation payments 
  Increase (decrease) in plan fair value  
  End of period balance 

401(k) Savings Plan 

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

  $

  $

11,017     $
534    
(1,464)   
50    
10,137     $

10,459   $
420  
(734) 
872  
11,017   $

8,377 
369 
(297)
2,010 
10,459 

The  Company  has  a  savings  plan  which  is  intended  to  be  qualified  under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal 
Revenue Code.  The plan is a defined contribution plan, available to all eligible employees, and allows participants to 
contribute up to the legal maximum of their eligible compensation, not to exceed the maximum tax-deferred amount 
allowed by the Internal Revenue Service.  The Company’s discretionary matching contribution is subject to certain 
conditions.   The Company’s contributions for 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.9 million, 
respectveily. 

17. 

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments Subject To Fair Value Measurements 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
   
     
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company has determined the types of financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement 
are:  (1)  certain  tangible  and  intangible  assets  subject  to  impairment  testing  as  described  in  Note  4;  (2)  financial 
instruments  as  described  in  Note  8;  (3)  interest  rate  derivative  transactions  that  are  outstanding  from  time  to  time 
(none  currently  outstanding);  (4)  deemed  deferred  compensation  plans  as  described  in  Note  16;  and  (5)  lease 
abandonment liabilities as described in Note 18. 

The fair value is the price that would be received upon the sale of an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in 
an  orderly  transaction  between  market  participants  at  the  measurement  date  (exit  price).  The  Company  utilizes 
market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions 
about  risk  and  the  risks  inherent  to  the  inputs  of  the  valuation  technique.  These  inputs  can  be  readily  observable, 
market corroborated, or generally unobservable. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of 
observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to 
measure  fair  value.  The  hierarchy  assigns  the  highest  priority  to  unadjusted  quoted  prices  in  active  markets  for 
identical  assets  or  liabilities  (Level  1  measurement)  and  the  lowest  priority  to  unobservable  inputs  (Level  3 
measurement).  

The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:  

Level 1 – Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting 
date.   

Level 2 – Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either 
directly or indirectly observable as of the reported date.  

Level 3 – Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable than objective sources. 
These  inputs  may  be  used  with  internally  developed  methodologies  that  result  in  management’s  best 
estimate of fair value. At each balance sheet date, the Company performs an analysis of all instruments and 
includes in Level 3 all of those whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs.  

Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and/or liabilities that were accounted for at fair 
value on a recurring basis and are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to 
the  fair  value  measurement.  The  Company's  assessment  of  the  significance  of  a  particular  input  to  the  fair  value 
measurement  requires  judgment  and  may  affect  the  valuation  of  fair  value  and  its  placement  within  the  fair  value 
hierarchy levels.  

Description  

Liabilities 
Deferred compensation - Level 1 (1) 

  Value Measurements At Reporting Date 

December 31, 

2015 

2014 

(amounts in thousands) 

  $

10,137   $

11,017 

(1) 

The Company’s deferred compensation liability, which is included in other long-term liabilities, is recorded 
at fair value on a recurring basis. The unfunded plan allows participants to hypothetically invest in various 
specified investment options. The deferred compensation plan liability is valued at Level 1 as it is based on 
quoted market prices of the underlying investments.  

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The Company has certain assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to 
fair value only when the carrying values are more than the fair values.  The categorization of the framework used to 
price the assets is considered Level 3, due to the subjective nature of the unobservable inputs used to determine the 
fair value.  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The Company reviewed the fair value of its broadcasting licenses, goodwill and net property and equipment 
and other intangibles, and concluded that these assets were not impaired as the fair value of these assets equaled or 
exceeded their carrying values.   

During 2013, the Company determined that land it had reclassified as held for sale was in excess of the fair 
value less the cost to sell.  The Company measured $2.1 million of land held for sale using significant unobservable 
inputs (Level 3) and recorded an impairment loss of $0.9 million.  This land was later sold in October 2014. 

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments Subject To Disclosures  

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is determined using the best available market information 
and appropriate valuation methodologies.  Considerable judgment is necessary, however, in interpreting market data 
to  develop  the  estimates  of  fair  value.    Accordingly,  the  estimates  presented  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  the 
amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange, or the value that ultimately will be realized 
upon maturity or disposition.  The use of different market assumptions may have a material effect on the estimated 
fair value amounts. 

The carrying amount of the following assets and liabilities approximates fair value due to the short maturity 
of  these  instruments:  (1)  cash  and  cash  equivalents;  (2)  accounts  receivable;  and  (3)  accounts  payable,  including 
accrued liabilities. 

The  following  table  presents  the  carrying  value  of  financial  instruments  and,  where  practicable,  the  fair 

value as of the periods indicated: 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014 

Carrying 
Value 

Carrying 
Fair 
Value 
Value 
(amounts in thousands) 

Fair 
Value 

Term B Loan (1) 
Revolver (2) 
Senior Notes (3) 
Letters of credit (4) 

  $
  $
  $
  $

242,750   $
26,000   $
218,269   $
670  

242,447   $
26,000   $
227,000   $
  $

262,000   $ 
-   $ 
217,929   $ 
620  

261,345
-
237,134

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

The  Company’s  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  the  Term  B  Loan  was  based  on  quoted  prices  for  this 
instrument  and  is  considered a  Level 2  measurement  as  the  pricing  inputs  are other  than  quoted prices  in 
active markets.  

The fair value of the Revolver is considered to approximate the carrying value as the interest payments are 
based on LIBOR that reset periodically. The Revolver is considered a Level 2 measurement as the pricing 
inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets. 

The Company utilizes a Level 2 valuation input based upon the market trading prices of the Senior Notes to 
compute the fair value as these Senior Notes are traded in the debt securities market. The Senior Notes are 
considered a Level 2 measurement as the pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets. 

The Company does not believe it is practicable to estimate the fair value of the outstanding standby letters 
of credit and does not expect any material loss since the performance of the letters of credit is not likely to 
be required.  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

The Company consummated acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, and the purchase price 
was allocated to the assets and liabilities based upon their respective fair values as determined as of the acquisition 
date.    Merger  and  acquisition  costs  are  excluded  from  the  purchase  price  as  these  costs  are  expensed  for  book 
purposes and amortized for tax purposes. 

2015 Acquisitions 

Acquisition Of Lincoln Financial Media Company 

On  July  16,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  under  a  Stock  Purchase  Agreement  (“SPA”)  with  The  Lincoln 
National  Life  Insurance  Company  the  stock  of  one  of  its  subsidiaries,  Lincoln  Financial  Media  Company 
(“Lincoln”), which hold through subsidiaries the assets and liabilities of radio stations serving the Atlanta, Denver, 
Miami and San Diego markets. The purchase price was $105.0 million of which: (1) $77.5 million was paid in cash 
using $42.0 million in borrowing under the Company’s Revolver together with cash on hand; and (2) $27.5 million 
was paid with the Company’s issuance of Preferred. The SPA, originally dated December 7, 2014 and subsequently 
amended  on  July  10,  2015,  provided  for  a  working  capital  reimbursement  to  Lincoln  of  $11.0  million  before  a 
working capital credit to the Company of $2.7 million. The SPA provided for a step-up in basis for tax purposes.  

Three Denver radio stations acquired from Lincoln together with another Denver radio station were included 

in an exchange transaction as described below in Note 18.     

The  Company  recorded  goodwill  on  its  books,  which  is  fully  deductible  for  income  tax  purposes. 
Management  believes  that  this  acquisition  provides  the  Company  with  an  opportunity  to  increase  its  national 
footprint  to  compete  more  effectively  for  national  business  and  to  benefit  from  certain  operational  synergies.    In 
addition, this acquisition allows for certain operational synergies in programming, sales and administration that were 
not available to Lincoln.   

The preliminary purchase price allocations are based upon a preliminary valuation of assets and liabilities 
and the estimates and assumptions are subject to change as the Company obtains additional information during the 
measurement  period,  which  may  be  up  to  one  year  from  the  acquisition  date.  The  assets  and  liabilities  pending 
finalization  include  the  valuation  of  acquired  intangible  assets  and  working  capital.  Differences  between  the 
preliminary and final valuation could be substantially different from the initial estimates.   

The following table reflects the aggregate fair value purchase price allocation of these assets and liabilities 

and is management’s estimate.  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Description 

As Reported 
September 30,  
2015 

  Adjustment  
(Amounts in thousands) 

As Revised 

  December 31,    Useful Lives In Years 

Cash 
Net accounts receivable 
Prepaid expenses, deposits and other 
Total current assets 
Land 
Land improvements 
Building 
Leasehold improvements 
Equipment and towers 
Furniture and fixtures 
Total tangible property 
Assets held for sale 
Other intangibles 
Broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax assets 
Total intangible and other assets 
Total assets 

  $

  $

  $

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses 
Other current liabilities 
Total current liabilities 
Unfavorable contracts and other liabilities  
Total liabilities acquired 

  $

2,246   $  
11,908  
953  
15,107  
7,368  
87  
1,067  
973  
8,651  
29  
18,175  
1,885  
487  
79,209  
5,866  
-  
87,447  
120,729   $

723   $

3,232  
12  
3,967  
3,272  
7,239   $

  $

25  
17  
42  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
(1,364) 
1,364  
-  
42   $

-   $

234 
-  
234  
-  
234   $

2015 

From 

To 

less than 1 year 
less than 1 year 

non-depreciating 
15 
25 
11 
40 
5 

2,246  
11,933  
970  
15,149    
7,368  
87  
1,067  
973  
8,651  
29  
18,175    
1,885    
487  
79,209  
4,502  
1,364   over remaining lease life

5 
non-amortizing 
non-amortizing 

15
15 
2 
3 
5 

1 

87,447    
120,771    

less than 1 year 
less than 1 year 
less than 1 year 

723  
3,466  
12  
4,201    
3,272   over remaining lease life
7,473    

Net assets acquired 

  $

113,490   $

(192)  $

113,298    

The  allocations  as  of  December  31,  2015,  were  revised  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015  due  to:  (1)  a 
change in working capital based upon information that was not available at the time of the original estimate; and (2) 
the recording of a deferred tax asset associated with certain underlying unfavorable lease and contract liabilities, net 
of a deferred tax liability for a separate company state valuation allowance.   

The  allocations  presented  in  the  table  are  based  upon  management’s  estimate  of  the  fair  values  using 
valuation  techniques  including  income,  cost  and  market  approaches.  In  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired 
assets and assumed liabilities, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and 
cash flows that assume expected future growth rates of 1.0% to 1.5%; and an estimated discount rate of 9.6%. The 
gross profit margins are similar to the ranges used in the Company’s second quarter 2015 annual license impairment 
testing. The fair value for accounts receivable is net of an estimate for bad debts. The Company determines the fair 
value of the broadcasting licenses in each of these markets by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a 
start-up scenario in which the only assets held by an investor are broadcasting licenses. The Company’s fair value 
analysis contains assumptions based upon past experience, reflects expectations of industry observers and includes 
judgments  about  future  performance  using  industry  normalized  information  for  an  average  station  within  a  certain 
market. Any excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired was reported as goodwill.    

Exchange Transaction: Denver, Colorado, And Los Angeles, California 

On  November  24,  2015,  the  Company  completed  an  asset  exchange  agreement  (“AEA”)  with  Bonneville 
International  Corporation  (“Bonneville”)  that  was  entered  into  on  July  10,  2015.    The  Company  divested  four 
Denver, Colorado, radio stations as consideration by the Company in exchange for a radio station in Los Angeles, 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
California. The Company, which did not require cash to complete this transaction, now owns: (1) one station in Los 
Angeles, a new market for the Company; and (2) five radio stations in the Denver market, an existing market for the 
Company. The Company recorded both the disposition and the acquisition on its balance sheet as of December 31, 
2015. 

On  July  17,  2015  the  Company  entered  into  two  TBAs.    Pursuant  to  these  TBAs,  on  July  17,  2015,  the 
Company  commenced  operation  of  the  Los  Angeles  station  and  Bonneville  commenced  operation  of  the  Denver 
stations. During the period of the TBAs (July 17, 2015 through November 24, 2015), the Company: (i) included net 
revenues and station operating expenses associated with the Company’s operation of the Los Angeles station in the 
Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements;  and  (ii)  excluded  net  revenues  and  station  operating  expenses 
associated  with  Bonneville’s  operation of  the  Denver  stations  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements. 
The Company incurred no TBA expense to Bonneville for operation of the Los Angeles station and received $0.3 
million of monthly TBA income from Bonneville during the period of the TBA. The Company did not consider the 
net revenues and station operating expenses to be material to the Company’s financial position, results of operations 
or cash flows. 

Certain of the Denver radio stations that were exchanged with Bonneville qualified as assets held for sale as 
of September 30, 2015.  In addition, during the period of the TBA, certain of the assets and liabilities that were held 
in a trust (KKFN FM) and operated by Bonneville were deconsolidated by the Company as of September 30, 2015 as 
Bonneville was the primary beneficiary absorbing the majority of the profits and losses.  For all other assets during 
the period of the TBA, the Company was the primary beneficiary absorbing the majority of the profits and losses.  
Upon closing,  there were no remaining assets held for sale or outstanding VIEs related to this transaction. 

The following preliminary purchase price allocations are based upon a preliminary valuation of assets and 
liabilities  and  the  estimates  and  assumptions  are  subject  to  change  as  the  Company  obtains  additional  information 
during  the  measurement  period,  which  may  be  up  to  one  year  from  the  acquisition  date.  The  assets  and  liabilities 
pending  finalization  include  the  valuation  of  acquired  intangible  assets  and  liabilities.  Differences  between  the 
preliminary and final valuation could be substantially different from the initial estimates.   

Description 

  As Reported 
  September 30,  
2015 

As Revised 

  December 31,    Useful Lives In Years 

2015 

From 

To 

Adjustment 
(amounts in thousands) 

  $

Other receivables 
Equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 
Total tangible property 
Advertiser lists and customer relationships   
Trademarks and trade names 
Broadcasting licenses 
Goodwill 
Total intangible assets 
Total assets 
Unfavorable contract and lease liabilities 
Net assets acquired 
Fair value of net assets provided  
   as consideration 

  $

  $

4,175   $
1,012  
121  
1,133  
1  
2  
53,371  
641  
54,015  
59,323  
(323) 
59,000   $

689   $
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
(314)   
(375)   
(689)   
-    
-    
-   $

4,864    
1,012  
121  
1,133    

1  
2  
53,057  
266  
53,326    
59,323    
(323) 
59,000    

3 
5 

15 
5 

3 
5

3 
5 
non-amortizing 
non-amortizing 

1 

4 

59,000   $

-   $

59,000    

The allocations as of December 31, 2015 were revised primarily to reflect a change in the original estimate 

of accounts receivable available for recovery. 

The  allocations  presented  in  the  table  are  based  upon  management’s  estimate  of  the  fair  values  using 
valuation  techniques  including  income,  cost  and  market  approaches.  In  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired 
assets and assumed liabilities, the fair value estimates are based on, but not limited to, expected future revenue and 
cash flows that assumes the expected future growth rate of 1.0% and an estimated discount rate of 9.2%. The gross 
profit margin range was similar to the ranges used in the Company’s second quarter 2015 annual impairment testing 
for  broadcasting  licenses.  The  Company  determines  the  fair  value  of  the  broadcasting  licenses  in  each  of  these 
83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
markets by relying on a discounted cash flow approach assuming a start-up scenario in which the only assets held by 
an  investor  are  broadcasting  licenses.  The  Company’s  fair  value  analysis  contains  assumptions  based  upon  past 
experience,  reflects  expectations  of  industry  observers  and  includes  judgments  about  future  performance  using 
industry  normalized  information  for  an  average  station  within  a  certain  market.  Any  excess  of  the  purchase  price 
over the net assets acquired was reported as goodwill.    

In valuing the non-monetary assets that were part of the consideration transferred, the Company utilized the 
fair value as of the acquisition date, with any excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired reported as 
goodwill. The fair value was measured from the perspective of a market participant, applying the same methodology 
and  types  of  assumptions  as  described  above  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  acquired  assets  and  liabilities.  
Applying these methodologies requires significant judgment.  The Company reported in the statements of operations 
for the year ended December 31, 2015 a non cash gain of $1.5 million under gain (loss) on sale or disposal of assets 
on the Denver assets provided as consideration, primarily from the non-Lincoln assets included in the exchange.  

Summary Of Lincoln And Bonneville Transactions By Radio Station 

Bonneville Exchange 

  Radio Stations 

Markets 
Los Angeles, CA    KSWD FM 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 

  KOSI FM 
  KYGO FM; KEPN AM 
  KKFN FM 

  Transactions 
  Company acquired from Bonneville 
  Company disposed to Bonneville 
  Company disposed to Bonneville 
  The trust disposed to Bonneville 

Lincoln Acquisition 

Markets 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 
Denver, CO 
Atlanta, GA 
Miami, FL 
San Diego, CA 

  Transactions 
  Radio Stations 
  The trust acquired from Lincoln  
  KKFN FM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  KYGO FM; KEPN AM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  KQKS FM; KRWZ AM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  WSTR FM; WQXI AM 
  WAXY AM/FM; WLYF FM; WMXJ FM 
  Company acquired from Lincoln 
  KBZT FM; KSON FM/KSOQ FM; KIFM FM  Company acquired from Lincoln 

Merger And Acquisition Costs And Restructuring Charges  

Merger  and  acquisition  costs  and  restructuring  charges  were  expensed  as  a  separate  line  item  in  the 
statement of operations. These costs consist primarily of legal, professional, advisory services and restructuring costs 
(as identified below) related to the Company’s acquisition of Lincoln and the Company’s exchange agreement with 
Bonneville.   

During the third and fourth quarters of 2015, the Company initiated a restructuring plan primarily as a result 
of  the  integration  of  the  Lincoln  radio  stations  acquired  in  July  2015.  The  restructuring  plan  included:  (1)  costs 
associated  with  exiting  contractual  vendor  obligations  as  these  obligations  were  duplicative;  (2)  a  workforce 
reduction  and  realignment  charges  that  included  one-time  termination  benefits  and  related  costs;  and  (3)  lease 
abandonment costs as described below. The estimated amount of unpaid restructuring charges as of December 31, 
2015 were included in accrued expenses as most expenses are expected to be paid within one year.   

In connection with the Lincoln acquisition, the Company assumed a studio lease in one of its markets that 
included  excess  space.    During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2015,  the Company  ceased  using  a  portion  of  the  space  after 
analyzing its future needs as well as comparing its space utilization in other of the Company’s markets. As a result, 
the Company recorded a lease abandonment expense during the fourth quarter of 2015.  Lease abandonment costs 
include future lease liabilities offset by estimated sublease income.  Due to the location of the space in an area of the 
city that is not considered prime, including a very high vacancy rate in the existing and neighboring building in a soft 
rental market that is expected to continue throughout the remaining term of the lease, the Company did not include 
an estimate to sublease any of the space. The Company will continue to evaluate the opportunities to sublease this 
space and revise its sublease estimates accordingly.  Any increase in the estimate of sublease income will be reflected 
through the income statement and such amount will also reduce the lease abandonment liability.  The lease expires in 
the year 2026.  The lease liability is discounted using a credit risk adjusted basis utilizing the estimated rental cash 
flows over the remaining term of the agreement.  

84 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

Restructuring charges - beginning balance 
         Costs to exit duplicative contracts 
         Workforce reduction 
         Lease abandonment costs 
         Changes in estimates   
Total restructuring charges 
Merger and acquisition costs 
Total merger & acquisition costs and restructuring charges 

Total restructuring charges 
Deductions from reserves through payments 
Restructuring charges unpaid and outstanding 

$

$

$

$

-   $
646      

1,538    
687    
(13)     

2,858   -
3,978    
6,836   $

2,858   $
(1,172)   
1,686   $

-   $ 

-  
-  

-  
1,042  
1,042   $ 

-   $ 
-  
-   $ 

-

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

Under  purchase  price  accounting  for  the  Lincoln  and  Bonneville  acquisitions,  the  Company  recorded 
unfavorable lease and contract liabilities for studio and transmitter site property leases and vendor contracts as these 
contracts contained terms that were considered to be above market rates. The unfavorable liabilities are reflected in 
other  long-term  liabilities  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  are  amortized  as  a  reduction  to  station  operating 
expenses on a straight-line basis over the lives of the leases and contracts. The future amortization of unfavorable 
leases and contracts is as follows: 

As Of
December 31,
2015 
(amounts in  
thousands) 

$

$

1,041
875
295
167
147
518
3,043

Years ending December 31, 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Thereafter 

Lease Abandonment Costs 

During the second quarter of 2013, the Company entered into a sublease for previously abandoned studio 
space. As a result, the Company eliminated a lease abandonment liability of $0.7 million and recorded a reduction to 
station operating expenses of $0.6 million, net of broker’s commission.   The lease expires during the third quarter of 
2018.    

Acquisitions For 2014 and 2013 

There were no acquisitions during these periods.  

Unaudited Pro Forma Summary Of Financial Information  

The following pro forma information presents the consolidated results of operations as if the Lincoln and the 
Bonneville  exchange  transactions  had  occurred  as  of  the  beginning  of  the  prior  pro  forma  period  presented,  after 
giving  effect  to  certain  adjustments,  including:  (1)  depreciation  and  amortization  of  assets;  (2)  amortization  of 
unfavorable contracts related to the fair value adjustments of the assets acquired; (3) change in the effective tax rate; 

85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) interest expense on any debt incurred; (5) merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges; and (6) accrued 
dividends on the Preferred. For purposes of this presentation, the pro forma data: (a) excludes certain Lincoln radio 
stations disposed to Bonneville as the Company never operated these stations and does not expect to operate these 
stations  at  a  future  time  (KYGO  FM;  KKFN  FM  and  KEPN  AM);  and  (b)  excludes  a  radio  station  disposed  to 
Bonneville and operated by the Company prior to the TBA (KOSI FM) as these assets were a key component of the 
assets  acquired.  These  unaudited  pro  forma  results  have  been  prepared  for  comparative  purposes  only  and  do  not 
purport to be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisitions been made as of that date or results which 
may occur in the future. No adjustments have been made to the 2013 financial data as presented. 

2015 

Years Ended  December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands, except per share 
data) 
Pro Forma 

Pro Forma

Actual 

2013 

Net revenues 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders
Net income (loss) available to commons shareholders
   per common share - basic 
Net income (loss) available to commons shareholders
   per common share - diluted 

Weighted shares outstanding basic 
Weighted shares outstanding diluted 
Conversion of preferred stock for dilutive purposes 
   under the as if method 

19. 

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

$
$
$

$

$

442,485   $
$
$

33,050
30,850

437,597   $ 
22,736   $ 
21,086   $ 

377,618
26,024
26,024

0.81   $

0.56   $ 

0.79   $

0.55   $ 

0.70

0.68

38,084  
39,038

37,763  
38,664  

37,418
38,301

anti-dilutive  

anti-dilutive   

n/a 

Long-lived assets to be sold are classified as held for sale in the period in which they meet all the criteria for 
the disposal of long-lived assets. The Company measures assets held for sale at the lower of their carrying amount or 
fair  value  less  cost  to  sell.  Additionally,  the  Company  determined  that  these  assets  comprise  operations  and  cash 
flows  that  can  be  clearly  distinguished,  operationally  and  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  from  the  rest  of  the 
Company. As of December 31, 2015, the Company classified assets held for sale, which primarily reflect: (1) an AM  
radio station in Denver, Colorado, that is described in Note 20, Contingencies And Commitments; (2) land, building 
and a tower at a tower/antenna site to be sold to a government agency; and (3) land and a building that the Company 
formerly used as its main studio facility in one of its markets and a co-located tower/antenna structure for two of its 
AM radio stations that the Company plans to relocate to other suitable sites.  

Goodwill, which is usually measured at the market level rather than the station level, is not included with 
the sale of the Denver radio station.  It is expected that the cash flows of this radio station will not be migrated to 
other  Company-owned  radio  stations  in  the  Denver  market.    As  a  result,  the  Company  determined  that  it  was  not 
appropriate to include an amount of goodwill that is attributable to this radio station.   

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that 
the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company determined that the carrying value of these 
assets was less than the fair value by utilizing offers from third parties for a bundle of assets. This is considered a 
Level 3 measurement.  

The major categories of these assets are as follows: 

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets Held For Sale 

Land and land improvements 
Building 
Equipment 
Total property and equipment 
Depreciation and amortization 
Net property and equipment 
Radio broadcasting licenses 
Total intangibles 
Assets held for sale 

As Of 
December 31, 
2015 
 (amounts in 
thousands)  

$

$

3,972
1,036
497
5,505
796
4,709
1,397
1,397
6,106

During the fourth quarter of 2014, the Company completed the sale of land at a former transmitter site that 

was previously reflected as held for sale and received $2.1 million in cash.     

Impairment Of Assets Held For Sale 

In 2013, the Company determined that the carrying value of land it was holding for sale was in excess of the 
fair  value  less  the  cost  to  sell.  The  Level  3  fair  value  measurement  was  determined  using  a  third  party’s  offer  as 
representative of the fair value.  The third party’s offer was accepted by the Company in early July 2013. As a result, 
the Company recorded an impairment of $0.9 million in 2013.     

20. 

CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

Contingencies 

The Company is subject to various outstanding claims which arise in the ordinary course of business and to 
other legal proceedings.  Management anticipates that any potential liability of the Company, which may arise out of 
or with respect to these matters, will not materially affect the Company’s financial position, results of operations or 
cash flows. 

Insurance 

The  Company  uses  a  combination  of  insurance  and  self-insurance  mechanisms  to  mitigate  the  potential 
liabilities for workers’ compensation, general liability, property, directors’ and officers’ liability, vehicle liability and 
employee health care benefits. Liabilities associated with the risks that are retained by the Company are estimated, in 
part,  by  considering  claims  experience,  demographic  factors,  severity  factors,  outside  expertise  and  other  actuarial 
assumptions.  Under  these  policies,  the  Company  is  required  to  maintain  letters  of  credit  in  the  amount  of  $0.7 
million. 

Broadcast Licenses 

The Company could face increased costs in the form of fines and a greater risk that the Company could lose 
any one or more of its broadcasting licenses if the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) concludes that 
programming broadcast by a Company station was obscene, indecent or profane and such conduct warrants license 
revocation.  The FCC's authority to impose a fine for the broadcast of such material is $325,000 for a single incident, 
with  a  maximum  fine  of  up  to  $3,000,000  for  a  continuing  violation.  In  the  past,  the  FCC  has  issued  Notices  of 
Apparent  Liability  and  a Forfeiture  Order  with  respect  to  several  of  the  Company’s  stations  proposing  fines  for 
certain  programming  which  the  FCC  deemed  to  have  been  indecent.  These  cases  are  the  subject  of  pending 
administrative  appeals.      The  FCC  has  also  investigated  other  complaints  from  the  public  that  some  of the 
Company’s stations  broadcast  indecent  programming. These  investigations  remain  pending.  The  FCC  initiated  an 
investigation  into  an  incident  where  a  person  died  in  January  2007  after  participating  in  a  contest  at  one  of  the 
Company’s  stations  and  this  investigation  remains  pending.  The  Company  has  determined  that,  at  this  time,  the 
amount of potential fines and penalties, if any, cannot be estimated.   

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Company  has  filed,  on  a  timely  basis,  renewal  applications  for  those  radio  stations  with  radio 
broadcasting licenses that are subject to renewal with the FCC. The Company’s costs to renew its licenses with the 
FCC are nominal and are expensed as incurred rather than capitalized.  Seven of the Company’s FCC radio station 
license  renewal  applications  filed  in  the  most  recent  2011-2014  renewal  application  window  have  not  yet  been 
granted. For  five  of  those  seven  stations,  license  renewal  applications  filed  during  the  prior  2003-2006  renewal 
application  window  have  also  not  yet  been  granted.  The  Company  continues  to  operate  these  radio  stations  under 
their existing licenses until the licenses are renewed.  The FCC may delay the renewal pending the resolution of open 
inquiries. The affected stations are, however, authorized to continue operations until the FCC acts upon the renewal 
applications.   

Pending Divestiture 

In  December  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  an  agreement  with  a  buyer  to  dispose  of  KRWZ  AM  in 
Denver, Colorado, for the amount of $3.8 million in cash. The Company believes that the elimination of this station, 
with a marginal market share, will not alter the Company’s competitive position in the market for the remaining four 
stations the Company will continue to operate in this market. The Company anticipates that this transaction, which is 
subject  to  FCC  approval,  will  close  in  the  first  half  of  2016.  Upon  completion  of  this  transaction,  the  Company 
expects to report a nominal gain on the disposition of these assets. 

Accounting  guidelines  for  variable  interest  entities  require  that  the  primary  beneficiary  consolidate  the 
entity  into  its  financial  statements.  The  Company  will  remain  as  the  primary  beneficiary  until  the  transaction  is 
completed  as  the  Company  will  absorb  all  of  the  profits  and  losses  from  the  operation  of  the  entity  holding  the 
Denver, Colorado, radio station, KRWZ AM. 

Other Matters 

During  the  third  quarter  of  2014,  the  Company  settled  a  legal  claim  for  $1.0  million.  The  amount  was 

included in corporate general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014. 

Leases And Other Contracts 

Rental  expense  is  incurred  principally  for  office  and  broadcasting  facilities.  Certain  of  the  leases  contain 
clauses  that  provide  for  contingent  rental  expense  based  upon  defined  events  such  as  cost  of  living  adjustments 
and/or maintenance costs in excess of pre-defined amounts.   

The Company also has rent obligations under a sale and leaseback transaction whereby the Company sold 
certain of its radio broadcasting towers to a third party for cash in return for long-term leases on these towers.  These 
sale and leaseback obligations are listed in the future minimum annual commitments table.  The Company sold these 
towers as operating these towers to maximize tower rental income was not part of the Company’s core strategy. 

The following table provides the Company’s rent expense for the periods indicated:  

2015 

Years Ended December 31, 
2014 
(amounts in thousands) 

2013 

Rent Expense 

  $ 

16,116   $ 

14,556   $

13,226

The Company also has various commitments under the following types of contracts: 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
Future Minimum Annual Commitments 

  Rent Under   
Operating 
Leases 

Sale 
Leaseback 
  Operating  

  Programming  
And Related   
Contracts 

Leases 
(amounts in thousands) 

Total 

Years ending December 31, 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Thereafter 

$ 

17,167   $ 
17,174  
14,552  
12,935  
9,903  
28,301  

$ 

100,032   $ 

841   $
865  
891  
918  
946  
9,691  
14,152   $

81,589   $ 
32,317  
9,957  
2,129  
551  
258  
126,801   $ 

99,597
50,356
25,400
15,982
11,400
38,250
240,985

21. 

GUARANTOR ARRANGEMENTS 

Guarantor Arrangements 

The  Company  recognizes,  at  the  inception  of  a  guarantee,  a  liability  for  the  fair  value  of  the  obligation 
undertaken by issuing the guarantee. The following is a summary of agreements that the Company has determined 
are within the scope of guarantor arrangements:   

  The  Company  enters  into  indemnification  agreements  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.  Under 
these agreements, the Company typically indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the 
indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. The maximum potential 
amount  of  future payments  the  Company  could  be  required  to  make  under  these  indemnification 
agreements is unlimited. The Company believes that the estimated fair value of these agreements is 
minimal.  Accordingly,  the  Company  has  not  recorded  liabilities  for  these  agreements  as  of 
December 31, 2015.  

  Under  the  Company’s  Credit  Facility,  the  Company  is  required  to  reimburse  lenders  for  any 
increased costs that they may incur in the event of a change in law, rule or regulation resulting in 
their reduced returns from any change in capital requirements. The Company cannot estimate the 
potential amount of any future payment under this provision, nor can the Company predict if such 
an event will ever occur.  

 

In connection with many of the Company’s acquisitions, the Company enters into time brokerage 
agreements or local marketing agreements for specified periods of time, usually six months or less, 
whereby  the  Company  typically  indemnifies  the  owner  and  operator  of  the  radio  station,  their 
employees, agents and contractors from liability, claims and damages arising from the activities of 
operating the radio station under such agreements. The maximum potential amount of any future 
payments  the  Company  could  be  required  to  make  for  any  such  previous  indemnification 
obligations is indeterminable at this time. The Company has not, however, previously incurred any 
significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims relating to any such indemnification obligation. 

Financial Statements Of Parent 

The condensed financial data of the Parent Company has been prepared in accordance with Rule 12-04 of 
Regulation  S-X.    The  Parent  Company’s  financial  data  includes  the  financial  data  of  Entercom  Communications 
Corp., excluding all subsidiaries.  

The most significant restrictions on the payment of dividends by Radio (as contemplated by Rule 4-08(e) of 

Regulation S-X) are set forth in the Credit Facility and the indenture governing the Senior Notes.               

Under  both  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  indenture  governing  the Senior Notes,  Radio  is  permitted  to  make 
distributions  to  the  Parent  Company  in  amounts,  as  defined,  as follow:  (a)  amounts  which  are  required  to  pay  the 
Parent Company’s reasonable overhead costs, including income taxes and other costs associated with conducting the 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
operations  of  Radio  and  its  subsidiaries;  and  (b)  certain  amounts  which  qualify  as  “Restricted  Payments.”    With 
respect to the Credit Facility, the permitted Restricted Payment is generally $40 million plus Cumulative Retained 
Excess Cash Flow. The Company’s ability to make a Restricted Payment in these amounts under the Credit Facility 
is a function of its leverage ratio.  With respect to the indenture governing the Senior Notes, the permitted Restricted 
Payment  is  generally  $60  million  plus  a  variable  amount.  The  variable  amount  is  a  function  of  the  Company’s 
EBITDA and the Company’s leverage ratio. 

                Effectively all of Radio’s assets are subject to these distribution limitations to the Parent Company. 

The following tables set forth the condensed financial data (other than the statements of shareholders’ equity 

and statements of comprehensive income as these statements are not condensed) of the Parent Company: 

 
 
 
 

the balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; 
the statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; 
the statements of shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; and 
the statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS 
(amounts in thousands) 

ASSETS 

2015 

2014 

Current Assets 
Property And Equipment - Net 
Deferred Charges And 
     Other Assets - Net 
Investment In Subsidiaries / Intercompany 
TOTAL ASSETS 

  $ 

  $ 

7,289   $ 
472  

3,807  
424,493  
436,061   $ 

LIABILITIES AND 
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

  $ 

Current Liabilities 
Long Term Liabilities 
Total Liabilities 
Perpectual Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock   
Shareholders' Equity: 
      Class A, B and C Common Stock 
      Additional Paid-In Capital  
      Accumulated Deficit 
Total shareholders' equity 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND  
     SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 

19,631   $ 
27,361  
46,992  
27,619  

397  
611,754  
(250,701) 
361,450  

6,446 
495 

2,233 
360,091 
369,265 

14,041 
26,203 
40,244 
- 

391 
608,515 
(279,885)
329,021 

  $ 

436,061   $ 

369,265 

See notes to condensed Parent Company financial statements. 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY INCOME STATEMENTS 
(amounts in thousands) 

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 
2014 

2015 

2013 

NET REVENUES 

$

1,536

$

1,309 

$

615

OPERATING (INCOME) EXPENSE: 
   Depreciation and amortization expense 
   Corporate general and administrative expenses 
   Merger and acquisition costs and restructuring charges  
   Net (gain) loss on sale or disposal of assets 
   Total operating expense  
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) 

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE: 
   Net interest expense, including amortization 
       of deferred financing expense 
   Other expense (income) 
   Income from equity investment in subsidiaries 
TOTAL OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES 
(BENEFIT) 

INCOME TAXES (BENEFIT) 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO THE 
COMPANY 
   Preferred stock dividend 
NET INCOME (LOSS) AVAILABLE TO 
COMMON SHAREHOLDERS 

1,123
26,395
6,836
(601)
33,753
(32,217)

-
-
(79,838)
(79,838)

1,217 
26,463 
1,042 
(601)
28,121 
(26,812)

15 
- 
(73,561)
(73,546)

1,122
24,229
-
(1,954)
23,397
(22,782)

1
(165)
(71,118)
(71,282)

47,621

46,734 

48,500

18,437

19,911 

22,476

29,184
(752)

26,823 
- 

26,024
-

$

28,432

$

26,823 

$

26,024

See notes to condensed Parent Company financial statements. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 
PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015, 2014 AND 2013 
(amounts in thousands, except share data) 

Common Stock 

  Additional 

Class A 

Class B 

Amount

Amount

Paid-in 
Capital 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated
Deficit) 

Balance, December 31, 2012 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Balance, December 31, 2013 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted 
     stock units 
Forfeitures of dividend equivalents 
Balance, December 31, 2014 
Net income (loss) available to the Company 
Compensation expense related to granting 
     of stock awards 
Exercise of stock options 
Purchase of vested employee restricted  
     stock units  
Preferred stock dividend 
Balance, December 31, 2015 

Shares 
31,226,047   $ 

-  

96,560  
171,625  

(186,038) 
31,308,194  
-  

638,102  
57,500  

(141,502) 
-  
31,862,294  
-  

738,195  
11,750  

(131,688) 
-  

32,480,551   $ 

312  
-  

1  
2  

(2) 
313  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
319  
-  

7  
-  

(1) 
-  
325  

Shares 
7,197,532   $ 

-  

-  
-  

-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
7,197,532  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  

7,197,532   $ 

72   $ 
-  

601,847   $ 

-  

(332,737)  $ 
26,024  

-  
-  

-  
72  
-  

-  
-  

-  
-  
72  
-  

-  
-  

4,269  
243  

(1,638) 
604,721  
-  

5,225  
82  

(1,513) 
-  
608,515  
-  

5,517  
35  

-  
-  
72   $ 

(1,561) 
(752) 
611,754   $ 

-  
-  

-  
(306,713) 
26,823  

-  
-  

-  
5  
(279,885) 
29,184  

-  
-  

-  
-  

(250,701)  $ 

Total 

269,494
26,024

4,270
245

(1,640)
298,393
26,823

5,232
82

(1,514)
5
329,021
29,184

5,524
35

(1,562)
(752)
361,450

See notes to Parent Company financial statements. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

CONDENSED PARENT COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(amounts in thousands) 

  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2015 

2014 

2013 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 
           Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities 

  $ (25,355)

$ (21,652)

$ (18,167)

INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 
    Additions to property and equipment 
    Deferred charges and other assets 
    Proceeds (distributions) from investments in subsidiaries 
           Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 
    Payment of fees associated with the issuance of preferred stock 
    Proceeds from the exercise of stock options 
    Purchase of vested employee restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividend equivalents on vested restricted stock units 
    Payment of dividends 
           Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

(304)
(1,142)
29,030
27,584

(220)
35
(1,562)
(7)
(413)
(2,167)

(213)
(481)
23,610 
22,916 

- 
82 
(1,514)
- 
- 
(1,432)

(146)
(468)
20,208
19,594

-
245
(1,640)
-
-
(1,395)

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH 
EQUIVALENTS 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR 

  $

62
133
195

$

(168)
301 
133 

$

32
269
301

See notes to condensed Parent Company financial statements. 

Accounting Policies 

The Parent Company follows the accounting policies as described in Note 2 except that the Parent Company 

accounts for its investment in its subsidiaries using the equity method. 

Debt – For a discussion of debt obligations of the Company, refer to Note 8. 

Other - For further information, reference should be made to the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the 
Company. 

22.   

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Events occurring after December 31, 2015 and through the date that these consolidated financial statements 
were  issued  were  evaluated  to  ensure  that  any  subsequent  events  that  met  the  criteria  for  recognition  have  been 
included.  

23. 

SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited) 

The following table presents unaudited operating results for each quarter within the two most recent years. 
The  Company  believes  that  all  necessary  adjustments,  consisting only  of  normal  recurring  adjustments,  have  been 
included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the following quarterly results when read in conjunction with 
the  financial  statements  included  elsewhere  in  this  report.  Results  of  operations  for  any  particular  quarter  are  not 
necessarily  indicative  of  results  of  operations  for  a  full  year.  The  Company’s  financial  results  are  also  not 

94 

 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
comparable from quarter to quarter due to the Company’s acquisitions and dispositions of radio stations as described 
in Note 18 and due to the seasonality of revenues, with revenues usually the lowest in the first quarter of each year.   

2015 

Net revenues 

Operating income 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - basic (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - diluted (1) 

Quarters Ended 

December 31 

September 30

June 30 

  March 31 

(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

$

$

$

$

$

$

117,704   $

114,662   $

100,592   $ 

32,555   $

14,088   $

13,675   $

23,159   $

20,615   $ 

8,442   $

8,103   $

6,747   $ 

6,747   $ 

0.36   $

0.21   $

0.18   $ 

78,420

9,253

(93)

(93)

-

38,088  

38,076  

38,074  

38,026

0.34   $

0.21   $

0.17   $ 

-

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted 

40,974  

38,913  

38,929  

38,026

Quarters Ended 

December 31 

September 30

June 30  

  March 31 

(amounts in thousands, except per share data) 

2014 

Net revenues 

Operating income 

Net income (loss) available to the Company 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - basic (1) 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic 

Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 
   per share - diluted (1) 

$

$

$

$

$

$

101,513   $

99,840   $

100,201   $ 

28,531   $

10,850   $

10,850   $

21,205   $

23,916   $ 

6,473   $

6,473   $

8,137   $ 

8,137   $ 

0.29   $

0.17   $

0.22   $ 

37,779  

37,693  

37,687  

0.28   $

0.17   $

0.21   $ 

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted 

38,730  

38,482  

38,446  

78,235

11,924

1,363

1,363

0.04

37,660

0.04

38,501

(1)  Basic  and  diluted  net  income  per  share  is  computed  independently  for  each  quarter  and  the  full  year 
based  upon  respective  average  shares  outstanding.  Therefore,  the  sum  of  the  quarterly  per  share 
amounts may not equal the annual per share amounts reported.  

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Bala 
Cynwyd, Pennsylvania, on February 26, 2016. 

ENTERCOM COMMUNICATIONS CORP. 

By:  /s/ DAVID J. FIELD 

David J. Field, President, Chief Executive Officer 

        (principal executive officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the 

following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

SIGNATURE 

CAPACITY 

DATE 

Principal Executive Officer: 

/s/ DAVID J. FIELD 
David J. Field 

President, Chief Executive Officer 
and a Director 

February 26, 2016 

Principal Financial Officer: 

/s/ STEPHEN F. FISHER 
Stephen F. Fisher 

Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial Officer 

February 26, 2016 

Principal Accounting Officer:  

/s/ EUGENE D. LEVIN 
Eugene D. Levin 

Directors: 

/s/ JOSEPH M. FIELD 
Joseph M. Field 

/s/ DAVID J. BERKMAN 
David J. Berkman 

/s/ JOEL HOLLANDER 
Joel Hollander 

/s/ MARK R. LANEVE 
MARK R. LANEVE 

/s/ DAVID LEVY 
DAVID LEVY 

Vice President, Treasurer and Controller 

February 26, 2016 

Chairman of the Board  

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
INDEX TO EXHIBITS  

Exhibit 
Number  Description   
3.01 
3.02 
3.03 

4.01 

4.02 

4.03 

4.04 

10.03 

10.02 

10.01 

4.05 
4.06 

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Entercom Communications Corp.  (1)  
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Entercom Communications Corp.  (2)  
Statement with Respect to Shares, filed with the Pennsylvania Department of State on July 16, 2015. (3) 
(Originally filed as Exhibit 3.1) 
Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2011, among Entercom Radio, LLC, as the Borrower, Entercom 
Communications  Corp.,  as  the  Parent,  Bank  of  America,  N.A.  as  Administrative  Agent  and  the  lenders  party 
thereto. (4) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.1) 
First Amendment To Credit Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, among Entercom Radio, LLC, as the 
Borrower, Entercom Communications Corp., as the Parent, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and 
the lenders party thereto. (5)  
Second Amendment To Credit Agreement, dated as of December 2, 2013, among Entercom Radio, LLC, as the 
Borrower, Entercom Communications Corp., as the Parent, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent and 
the lenders party thereto. (6)  
Indenture,  dated  as  of  November  23,  2011,  by  and  among  Entercom  Radio,  LLC,  as  the  Issuer,  the  Note 
Guarantors (as defined therein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee. (3) (Originally filed as 
Exhibit 4.2) 
Form of Note. (4) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.3) 
Registration Rights Agreement, dated July 16, 2015, by and between Entercom Communications Corp. and The 
Lincoln National Life Insurance Company. (3) (Originally filed as Exhibit 4.1) 
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 23, 2010, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and David J. Field.  (7) (Originally filed as Exhibit 10.01) 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  July  1,  2007,  between  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  Joseph  M.  Field.  
(8)  
First Amendment To Employment Agreement, dated December 15, 2008, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Joseph M. Field. (9)  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2015, between Entercom Communications 
Corp. and Stephen F. Fisher.  (10)  
Employment Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2013 between Entercom Communications Corp. and Andrew P. 
Sutor, IV.   (11) 
Employment  Agreement,  dated  May  5,  2015,  between  Entercom  Communications  Corp.  and  Louise  Kramer. 
(10) 
Entercom Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy adopted February 19, 2015. (12) 
Amended and Restated Entercom Equity Compensation Plan. (13) 
Entercom Annual Incentive Plan. (14) 
Information Regarding Subsidiaries of Entercom Communications Corp.  (10) 
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.  (10) 
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a), as created 
by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (10) 
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-
14(a), as created by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  (10) 
Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (15) 
Certification of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created 
by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (15)  
101.INS 
XBRL Instance Document 
101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema 
101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase 
101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase 

10.07 
10.08 
10.09 
21.01 
23.01 
31.01 

10.06 

31.02 

32.02 

10.04 

32.01 

10.05 

97 

 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  Description   
101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase 
101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

(10) 
(11) 

(12) 

(13) 
(14) 
(15) 

Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to our Amendment to Registration Statement on Form S-1, as filed 
on  January 27,  1999  (File  No. 333-61381),  Exhibit 3.1  of  our  Current  Report  on  Form 8-K  as  filed  on 
December 21, 2007 and Exhibit 3.02 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 
2009, as filed on August 5, 2009. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.01 to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 21, 2008.  
Incorporated by reference to an exhibit (as indicated above) to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 
17, 2015.  
Incorporated  by  reference  to  an  exhibit  (as  indicated  above)  to  our  Current  report  on  Form  8-K  filed  on 
November 25, 2011. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.02 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2012, as filed on February 27, 2013. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.03 to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2013, as filed on March 3, 2014. 
Incorporated by reference to an exhibit (as indicated above) to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 
ended December 31, 2010, as filed on February 9, 2011. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.02 to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2007, as filed on November 21, 2007. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.04  to  our  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2008, as filed on February 26, 2009. 
Filed herewith. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  our  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
March 31, 2013, as filed on May 9, 2013. 
Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.01  to  our  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  as  filed  on  February  19, 
2015. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 20, 2014. 
Incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to our Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on March 16, 2012.  
These exhibits are submitted as "accompanying" this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be deemed 
to be "filed" as part of such Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left Blank) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Entercom Communications Corp. 
Corporate Information 

Directors 

Officers 

Joseph M. Field 
Chairman of the Board 

David J. Field 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

David J. Field 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Joseph M. Field 
Chairman of the Board 

David J. Berkman 

Mark R. LaNeve 

David Levy 

Joel Hollander 

Stephen F. Fisher 
Executive Vice President  and Chief Financial Officer 

Louise C. Kramer 
Chief Operating Officer 

Andrew P. Sutor, IV 
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

Information Requests 

Eugene D. Levin 
Vice President, Treasurer and  Controller 

Stephen F. Fisher 
Executive Vice President  and Chief Financial Officer 
(610) 660-5647 

(610) 660-5620 (fax) 

Independent Auditors 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Two Commerce Square, Suite 1700 
2001 Market Street 

Philadelphia, PA 19103-7042 
Robert Fell, Partner 
(267) 330-3000 

Transfer Agent 

American Stock Transfer & Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane 
New York, NY  10038 
(800) 937-5449 
www.amstock.com  

Stock Trading 

Class A Common Stock of  
Entercom Communications Corp. is 
traded on the New York Stock 

Exchange under the Symbol “ETM”. 

Shareholder Records 

Shareholders desiring to change the name,

address or ownership of stock, to report 
lost certificates or to consolidate accounts, 
should contact Entercom Communications 
Corp.’s transfer agent.